CRUISE CONTROL & DRIVER ASSISTANCE

DAS
A

B
SECTION
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM C

E
CONTENTS
ADAS CONTROL UNIT Work Procedure .......................................................36 F

PRECAUTION ............................................... 7 CONFIGURATION (ADAS CONTROL UNIT) ... 37

Description ...............................................................37
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7 Work Procedure .......................................................37
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 39
SIONER" ................................................................... 7 H
Precaution for Work .................................................. 7
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ................................... 39
DTC Description ......................................................39
Precautions For Harness Repair ............................... 7
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................39
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02
COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 9 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 ........................... 40
Component Parts Location ........................................ 9 DTC Description ......................................................40 J
ADAS Control Unit .................................................... 9 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................40

SYSTEM .............................................................10 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .................. 41

K
System Description ................................................. 10 DTC Description ......................................................41
Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ................................. 12 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................41

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY ............................ 43 L

UNIT) ..................................................................14 DTC Description ......................................................43
CONSULT Function (ICC/ADAS) ............................ 14 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................44
Component Inspection .............................................48 M
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 20
C1A14 ECM ....................................................... 49
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ......................................20 DTC Description ......................................................49
Reference Value ..................................................... 20 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................49 N
Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ................................. 24
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 24 C1A17 ICC SENSOR ........................................ 51
DTC Index ............................................................... 25 DTC Description ......................................................51
DAS
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................51
WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 27
C1A34 COMMAND ERROR ............................. 52
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS ....................27 DTC Description ......................................................52 P
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 27 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................52

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 36 C1B53 SIDE RADAR RIGHT MALFUNCTION... 53

DTC Description ......................................................53
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................53
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ......................................36
Description .............................................................. 36 C1B54 SIDE RADAR LEFT MALFUNCTION ... 54

Revision: October 2015 DAS-1 2016 Maxima NAM

 DTC Description ..................................................... 54 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 80
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ..................................... 80
U0121 VDC CAN 2 ............................................ 55 Removal and Installation ......................................... 80
DTC Description ..................................................... 55 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55
PRECAUTION ............................................ 81
U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN 1 .............................. 57
DTC Description ..................................................... 57 PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 81
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 57 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
U0401 ECM CAN 1 ............................................ 58 SIONER" ................................................................. 81
DTC Description ..................................................... 58
Precaution for Work ................................................ 81
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
Precautions For Harness Repair ............................. 81
U0402 TCM CAN 1 ............................................ 60 ICC System Service ................................................ 82
DTC Description ..................................................... 60 FEB System Service ............................................... 82
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60 Blind Spot Warning System Service ....................... 82

U0415 VDC CAN 1 ............................................ 62 PREPARATION .......................................... 83

DTC Description ..................................................... 62
PREPARATION ................................................. 83
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62
Special Service Tools ............................................. 83
U0433 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 2 .......................... 64
DTC Description ..................................................... 64
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 84
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 64 COMPONENT PARTS ....................................... 84
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 65 Component Parts Location ..................................... 84
Description .............................................................. 65 ICC Sensor ............................................................. 85
DTC Description ..................................................... 65 ICC Steering Switch ................................................ 85
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 66 Brake Pedal Position Switch / Stop Lamp Switch ... 86
ICC Brake Hold Relay ............................................. 86
U1321 CONFIGURATION ................................. 67 Combination Meter .................................................. 86
DTC Description ..................................................... 67 Side Radar LH/RH .................................................. 87
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67 Blind Spot Warning Indicator LH/RH ....................... 87

U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN 2 ................................ 68 SYSTEM ............................................................ 88

DTC Description ..................................................... 68
PFCW ........................................................................ 88
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 68
PFCW : System Description ................................... 88
U1504 SIDE RDR L CAN 1 ................................ 70 BSW ........................................................................... 89
DTC Description ..................................................... 70
BSW : System Description ...................................... 90
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 70
RCTA ......................................................................... 92
U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN 2 ............................... 72 RCTA : System Description .................................... 92
DTC Description ..................................................... 72 Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ................................. 93
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 72 Fail-safe .................................................................. 94
U1506 SIDE RDR R CAN 1 ............................... 74 Fail-safe (Side Radar) ............................................. 94
DTC Description ..................................................... 74 OPERATION ...................................................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 74
PFCW/FEB, BSW/RCTA ........................................... 95
U1507 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR R) ................... 76 PFCW/FEB, BSW/RCTA : Switch Name and
DTC Description ..................................................... 76 Function .................................................................. 95
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 76
HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................... 96
U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L) ................... 77 Precautions for Predictive Forward Collision
DTC Description ..................................................... 77 Warning ................................................................... 96
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77 Precautions for Blind Spot Warning ........................ 96
Precautions for Rear Cross Traffic Alert ................. 97
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 79
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 79

Revision: October 2015 DAS-2 2016 Maxima NAM

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL RCTA : Work Procedure ........................................ 144
UNIT) ..................................................................98 A
CONSULT Function (ICC/ADAS) ............................ 98 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 145

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR) ............ 104 C1B50 SIDE RADAR MALFUNCTION ........... 145
DTC Description .................................................... 145 B
CONSULT Function (LASER/RADAR) ................. 104
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR LH) ...... 108
CONSULT Function (SIDE RADAR LEFT) ........... 108 C1B51 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR C
SHORT CIRCUIT ............................................. 146
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR RH) ...... 110 DTC Description .................................................... 146
CONSULT Function (SIDE RADAR RIGHT) ......... 110 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146
D
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 112 C1B52 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR
OPEN CIRCUIT ............................................... 148
ADAS CONTROL UNIT .................................... 112 DTC Description .................................................... 148 E
Reference Value ................................................... 112 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 148
Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ............................... 116
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 116 C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE .......................... 150
DTC Index ............................................................. 117 DTC Description .................................................... 150 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150
ICC SENSOR .................................................... 119
Reference Value ................................................... 119 U0104 ADAS CAN 1 ....................................... 152 G
Fail-safe ................................................................ 122 DTC Description .................................................... 152
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 122 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152
DTC Index ............................................................. 123
U0405 ADAS CAN 2 ....................................... 154 H
SIDE RADAR LH .............................................. 126 DTC Description .................................................... 154
Reference Value ................................................... 126 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154
Fail-safe (Side Radar) ........................................... 127 I
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 127 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 156
DTC Index ............................................................. 127
SIDE RADAR LH ..................................................... 156
SIDE RADAR RH ............................................. 128 SIDE RADAR LH : Description .............................. 156 J
Reference Value ................................................... 128 SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description ...................... 156
Fail-safe (Side Radar) ........................................... 129 SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure ............... 156
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 129 K
SIDE RADAR RH ..................................................... 157
DTC Index ............................................................. 129 SIDE RADAR RH : Description ............................. 157
SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description ..................... 157
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 130 L
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure .............. 158
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS .................. 130
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 159
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 130
SIDE RADAR LH ..................................................... 159 M
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 139 SIDE RADAR LH : Description .............................. 159
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 139 SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description ...................... 159
SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure ............... 159 N
Work Flow ............................................................. 139
SIDE RADAR RH ..................................................... 159
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
SIDE RADAR RH : Description ............................. 159
ICC SENSOR .................................................... 142 SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description ..................... 160 DAS
Description ............................................................ 142
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure .............. 160
Work Procedure .................................................... 142
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 161 P
ACTION TEST .................................................. 143
SIDE RADAR LH ..................................................... 161
BLIND SPOT WARNING ......................................... 143 SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure ............... 161
BLIND SPOT WARNING : Description ................. 143
BLIND SPOT WARNING : Work Procedure ......... 143 SIDE RADAR RH ..................................................... 161
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure .............. 161
RCTA ....................................................................... 143
RCTA : Description ............................................... 144 RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Revision: October 2015 DAS-3 2016 Maxima NAM

 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................163 PREPARATION ......................................... 181
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 164 PREPARATION ................................................ 181
Special Service Tool ............................................. 181
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM SYMP-
TOMS ............................................................... 164 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 182
Symptom Table .....................................................164
COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 182
SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED Component Parts Location ................................... 182
ON/OFF ON THE INTEGRAL SWITCH ........... 165 Chassis Control Module ........................................ 182
Description .............................................................165
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................165 SYSTEM ........................................................... 183
System Description ............................................... 183
CHIME DOES NOT SOUND ............................ 166 Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) ...................... 184
Description .............................................................166
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................166 ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL (DYNAMIC CORNER-
ING ENHANCEMENT) FUNCTION ......................... 186
FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHI- ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL (DYNAMIC COR-
CLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT. 167 NERING ENHANCEMENT) FUNCTION : System
Description .............................................................167 Description ............................................................ 186
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................167
ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION .................... 192
THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VE- ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION : System
HICLE AHEAD AT ALL ................................... 169 Description ............................................................ 192
Description .............................................................169 ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL FUNCTION .................... 194
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................169 ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL FUNCTION : System
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............. 170 Description ............................................................ 195
Description .............................................................170 HANDLING PRECAUTION .............................. 200
Precautions for Chassis Control (Engine Brake,
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 172
Active Ride, and Active Trace) .............................. 200
ICC SENSOR ................................................... 172
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL
Exploded View .......................................................172
Removal and Installation .......................................172
MODULE) ......................................................... 201
CONSULT Function .............................................. 201
ICC STEERING SWITCH ................................. 174
Exploded View .......................................................174 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 205
Removal and Installation .......................................174 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE ....................... 205
WARNING BUZZER ........................................ 176 Reference Value ................................................... 205
Exploded View .......................................................176 Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) ...................... 208
Removal and Installation .......................................176 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 209
DTC Index ............................................................. 210
SIDE RADAR ................................................... 177
Exploded View .......................................................177 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 212
Removal and Installation .......................................177
CHASSIS CONTROL ....................................... 212
BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR ............ 178 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 212
Exploded View .......................................................178
Removal and Installation .......................................178
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 214
CHASSIS CONTROL DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 214
Work Flow ............................................................. 214
PRECAUTION ............................................ 179 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 215
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 179 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE ....................... 217
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Description ............................................................ 217
SIONER" ................................................................179
Precaution for Work ...............................................179 CONFIGURATION (CHASSIS CONTROL
Precautions for Harness Repair ............................180 MODULE) ......................................................... 218
Precautions for Chassis control .............................180

Revision: October 2015 DAS-4 2016 Maxima NAM

 Work Procedure .................................................... 218 C1BB7-00 CONTROL MODULE .................... 243
DTC Description .................................................... 243 A
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 220 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243
C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 220 C1BB8-00 CONTROL MODULE .................... 244
DTC Description .................................................... 220 B
DTC Description .................................................... 244
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244
C1B93-00 ENGINE SYSTEM ........................... 222 C1BB9-00 CONTROL MODULE .................... 245 C
DTC Description .................................................... 222 DTC Description .................................................... 245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
C1B94-00 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM ............. 224 C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE .................... 246 D
DTC Description .................................................... 224 DTC Description .................................................... 246
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246
E
C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 226 C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE .................... 247
DTC Description .................................................... 226 DTC Description .................................................... 247
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 226 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 247
F
C1B99-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 227 C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE .................... 248
DTC Description .................................................... 227 DTC Description .................................................... 248
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248 G
C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING ....................... 249
BRAKE SYSTEM ............................................. 228 DTC Description .................................................... 249
DTC Description .................................................... 228 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 249 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228
C1BC0-00 FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR . 250
C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ........ 230 DTC Description .................................................... 250 I
DTC Description .................................................... 230 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 250
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230
C1BC1-00 FRONT LEFT WHEEL SENSOR .. 252
C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL EN- DTC Description .................................................... 252 J
GINE SYSTEM ................................................. 232 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 252
DTC Description .................................................... 232
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232 C1BC2-00 REAR RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR .. 254 K
DTC Description .................................................... 254
C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SWITCH ................... 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 254
DTC Description .................................................... 234
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 234 C1BC3-00 REAR LEFT WHEEL SENSOR .... 256 L
DTC Description .................................................... 256
C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 236 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 256
DTC Description .................................................... 236 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236 C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR ....................... 258
DTC Description .................................................... 258
C1BB3-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 237 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 258
DTC Description .................................................... 237 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237 C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR .......................... 260
DTC Description .................................................... 260
C1BB4-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 238 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 260 DAS
DTC Description .................................................... 238
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238 C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR ................... 262
DTC Description .................................................... 262
C1BB5-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY .......... 239 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 262 P
DTC Description .................................................... 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 239 U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .................... 264
DTC Logic .............................................................. 264
C1BB6-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY .......... 241 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 264
DTC Description .................................................... 241
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241 U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICA-
TION ................................................................ 265

Revision: October 2015 DAS-5 2016 Maxima NAM

 DTC Description ....................................................265 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 279
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................265
U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) ........... 281
U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICA- DTC Description .................................................... 281
TION ................................................................. 267 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281
DTC Description ....................................................267
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................267 U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) ........... 282
DTC Description .................................................... 282
U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMMUNICATION ..... 269 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 282
DTC Description ....................................................269
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................269 U1A4E-00 ECM COMMUNICATION ................ 283
DTC Description .................................................... 283
U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMMU- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 283
NICATION ........................................................ 271
DTC Description ....................................................271
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 285
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 285
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................271

U1A3B-00 TCM COMMUNICATION ............... 273 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 286

DTC Description ....................................................273 CHASSIS CONTROL ....................................... 286
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................273
Active Engine Brake .............................................. 286
U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Active Ride Control ............................................... 286
COMMUNICATION .......................................... 275 Active Trace Control ............................................. 287
DTC Description ....................................................275 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 289
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................275 Description ............................................................ 289
U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 290
COMMUNICATION .......................................... 277
DTC Description ....................................................277 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE ....................... 290
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................277 Exploded View ...................................................... 290
Removal and Installation ....................................... 290
U1A48-00 ECM COMMUNICATION ................ 279
DTC Description ....................................................279

Revision: October 2015 DAS-6 2016 Maxima NAM

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000011953057

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni- H
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000012461156
J
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component K
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.
L
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one.
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly.
• Follow the steps below to clean components: M
- Water soluble dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
N
- Oily dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off. DAS
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner. P
Precautions For Harness Repair INFOID:0000000011953058

ITS communication uses a twisted pair line. Be careful when repairing it.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-7 2016 Maxima NAM

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).

SKIB8766E

• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.

NOTE:
Bypass connection may cause ITS communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.

SKIB8767E

Revision: October 2015 DAS-8 2016 Maxima NAM

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011953059
B

ALOIA0287ZZ
G

A. View with trunk side finisher LH removed.

H
No. Component Description
• Controls each system, based on CAN communication and ITS communication signals received
1. ADAS control unit from each control unit. I
• Transmits signals necessary for control between CAN communication and ITS communication.

ADAS Control Unit INFOID:0000000011953060 J

• ADAS control unit is installed in the trunk LH side.

• Communicates with each control unit via CAN communication and
ITS communication. K
• ADAS control unit with gateway function is for system control sig-
nals that are transmitted to each control unit between CAN com-
munication and ITS communication by the ADAS control unit. L
• ADAS control unit controls each system, based on ITS communi-
cation signals and CAN communication signals from each control
unit.
M

AWOIA0101ZZ

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-9 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000011953061

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

ALOIA0293GB

ADAS CONTROL UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Input Signal Item

Transmit unit Signal name Description

Closed throttle position signal Receives idle position state (ON/OFF).
Accelerator pedal position signal Receives accelerator pedal position (angle).
Receives an operable/inoperable state of the ICC sys-
ICC prohibition signal
tem.
Engine speed signal Receives engine speed.
MAIN switch signal

SET/ switch sig-

CAN com-
nal
ECM munica-
tion CANCEL switch sig-
ICC steering switch Receives the operational state of the ICC steering
nal
signal switch.
RES/ switch sig-
nal
DISTANCE switch
signal
Stop lamp switch signal Receives an operational state of the brake pedal.
Brake pedal position switch signal Receives an operational state of the brake pedal.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-10 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
Transmit unit Signal name Description
A
Input speed signal Receives the number of revolutions of input shaft.
CAN com- Current gear position signal Receives a current gear position.
TCM munica-
tion Shift selector position signal Receives a shift selector position. B
Output shaft revolution signal Receives the number of revolutions of output shaft.
ABS actuator CAN com- Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels.
and electric unit munica- C
Yaw rate signal Receives yaw rate acting on the vehicle.
(control unit) tion
Stop lamp switch signal Receives an operational state of the brake pedal.
Parking brake switch signal Receives an operational state of the parking brake.
CAN com- D
Combination Receives a selection state of each item in “Driving Aids”
munica-
meter System selection signal selected with the integral switch of the information dis-
tion
play.
E
CAN com- Receives an operational state of the turn signal lamp
Turn indicator signal
BCM munica- and the hazard lamp.
tion Dimmer signal Receives ON/OFF state of dimmer signal.
F
Steering angle sensor malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of steering angle sensor
CAN com-
Steering angle Receives the number of revolutions and turning direc-
munica- Steering angle sensor signal
sensor tion of the steering wheel.
tion G
Steering angle speed signal Receives the turning angle speed of the steering wheel.
ITS com-
Receives detection results, such as the presence or ab-
ICC sensor munica- ICC sensor signal H
sence of a leading vehicle and distance from the vehicle.
tion
ITS com-
Side radar LH,
munica- Vehicle detection signal Receives vehicle detection condition of detection zone.
RH
tion
I

Output Signal Item

J
Reception unit Signal name Description
CAN commu- Transmits an ICC operation signal necessary for Intel-
ECM ICC operation signal
nication ligent Cruise Control. K
ABS actuator
and electric CAN commu- Transmits a brake fluid pressure control signal to acti-
Brake fluid pressure control signal
unit (control nication vate the brake.
unit)
L

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-11 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
Reception unit Signal name Description
Vehicle ahead detec-
tion indicator signal
Set vehicle speed indi-
cator signal
Set distance indicator
signal
SET switch indicator
Meter display signal Transmits a signal to display a state of the system on
signal ON/OFF switch indica- the information display.
Combination CAN commu-
tor signal
meter nication
FEB system display
signal
PFCW system display
signal
BSW system display
signal
• Transmits a signal to turn ON the lamp.
FEB warning lamp signal • Transmits an ON/OFF state of the Forward Emer-
gency Brake.
ITS commu-
ICC sensor ADAS control status Transmits ADAS status.
nication
Transmits a vehicle speed calculated by the ADAS
Vehicle speed signal
control unit.
Side radar LH, ITS commu- Transmits a Blind Spot Warning indicator signal to turn
Blind Spot Warning indicator signal
RH nication ON the Blind Spot Warning indicator.
Blind Spot Warning indicator dimmer sig- Transmits a Blind Spot Warning indicator dimmer sig-
nal nal to dim Blind Spot Warning indicator.
ICC brake hold Activates the brake hold relay and turns ON the stop
ICC brake hold relay drive signal
relay lamp.

DESCRIPTION
• ADAS* control unit controls the following systems based on ITS communication signal and CAN communica-
tion signal from each control unit.
NOTE:
*: Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
- Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
- Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
- Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

System Reference
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) CCS-11, "System Description"
BRC-203, "BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEW FUNCTION)
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
: System Description-Forward Emergency Braking"
Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) DAS-88, "PFCW : System Description"
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) DAS-90, "BSW : System Description"
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) DAS-92, "RCTA : System Description"

Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) INFOID:0000000011953062

If a malfunction occurs in each system, ADAS control unit cancels each control, sounds a beep, and turns ON
the warning or indicator lamp.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-12 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

Warning lamp/Warning dis- A

System Buzzer Description
play
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) High-pitched tone ICC system warning Cancel
FEB warning lamp B
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow)
FEB warning lamp
Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow) C
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) Low-pitched tone BSW system warning Cancel
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) — BSW system warning Cancel
D

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-13 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
CONSULT Function (ICC/ADAS) INFOID:0000000011953063

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication using ADAS control unit:

Diagnosis mode Description

• The vehicle specification that is written in ADAS control unit can be displayed or stored.
Configuration
• The vehicle specification can be written when ADAS control unit is replaced.
Work support Displays causes of automatic system cancellation that occurred during system control.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the name of a malfunctioning system stored in the ADAS control unit.
Data Monitor Displays ADAS control unit input/output data in real time.
Enables an operational check of a load by transmitting a driving signal from the ADAS control unit to the
Active Test
load.
ECU Identification Displays ADAS control unit part number.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Displays a reception/transmission state of CAN communication and ITS communication.

CONFIGURATION
Configuration includes functions as follows:

Function Description
Allows the reading of vehicle specification written in ADAS control
Before Replace ECU
unit to store the specification in CONSULT.
Read/Write Configuration
Allows the writing of the vehicle information stored in CONSULT
After Replace ECU
into the ADAS control unit.
Allows the writing of the vehicle specification into the ADAS control
Manual Configuration
unit by hand.

WORK SUPPORT

Work support items Description

Displays causes of automatic system cancellation that occurred during control of the Intelligent
CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL 5
Cruise Control (ICC).
NOTE:
• Causes of the maximum five cancellations (system cancel) are displayed.
• The displayed cancellation causes display the number of the ignition switch ON/OFF up to 254. It is fixed to
254 if it is over 254. It returns to 0 when the same cancellation cause is detected again.
Display Items for the Cause of Automatic Cancellation 1
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

Cause of cancellation Description

CAN COMM ERROR × ADAS control unit received an abnormal signal with CAN communication.
NO RECORD × —

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to DAS-25, "DTC Index".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-14 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
NOTE:
• The details of time display are as per the following: A
- CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.
- PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.
• ODO/TRIP METER (Mileage) and VOLTAGE (IGN voltage) are displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame Data).
B
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable C
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

MAIN SW E
× × × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
SET/COAST SW
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off] F
CANCEL SW
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
RESUME/ACC SW G
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
DISTANCE SW
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
H
CRUISE OPE
× × Indicates whether controlling or not (ON means “controlling”).
[On/Off]
BRAKE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC brake switch signal (ECM trans- I
× × ×
[On/Off] mits ICC brake switch signal through CAN communication).
STOP LAMP SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from stop lamp switch signal (ECM trans-
× × ×
[On/Off] mits stop lamp switch signal through CAN communication).
J
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of idle switch read from ADAS control unit through
IDLE SW
× CAN communication (ECM transmits ON/OFF status through CAN communica-
[On/Off]
tion).
K
SET DISTANCE
× × Indicates set distance memorized in ADAS control unit.
[Short/Mid/Long]
CRUISE LAMP
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of MAIN switch indicator output. L
[On/Off]
OWN VHCL NOTE:
×
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
VHCL AHEAD
M
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of vehicle ahead detection indicator output.
[On/Off]
ICC WARNING
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of ICC system warning lamp output. N
[On/Off]
Indicates vehicle speed calculated from ADAS control unit through CAN com-
VHCL SPEED SE
× × × munication [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits vehicle speed
[km/h] or [mph]
signal (wheel speed) through CAN communication]. DAS
SET VHCL SPD
× × Indicates set vehicle speed memorized in ADAS control unit.
[km/h] or [mph]
BUZZER O/P
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of ICC warning chime output.
P
[On/Off]
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
× ×
[deg] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
ENGINE RPM Indicates engine speed read from ADAS control unit through CAN communica-
×
[rpm] tion (ECM transmits engine speed signal through CAN communication).
WIPER SW Indicates wiper [OFF/LOW/HIGH] status (BCM transmits front wiper request sig-
×
[OFF/LOW/HIGH] nal through CAN communication).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-15 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

YAW RATE NOTE:

×
[deg/s] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
BA WARNING
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of FEB indicator lamp output.
[On/Off]
STP LMP DRIVE
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of ICC brake hold relay drive output.
[On/Off]
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of “D” or “M” positions read from ADAS control unit
D POSITION SW
× through CAN communication; ON when position “D” or “M” (TCM transmits shift
[On/Off]
selector position signal through CAN communication).
Indicates shift selector position signal read from ADAS control unit through CAN
NP RANGE SW
× communication (TCM transmits shift selector position signal through CAN com-
[On/Off]
munication).
Parking brake switch status [ON/OFF] judged from the parking brake switch sig-
PKB SW nal that ADAS control unit receives via CAN communication is displayed (com-
×
[On/Off] bination meter transmits the parking brake switch signal via CAN
communication).
PWR SUP MONI
× × Indicates ignition voltage input monitored by ADAS control unit.
[V]
Indicates vehicle speed calculated from CVT vehicle speed sensor read from
VHCL SPD AT
× ADAS control unit through CAN communication (TCM transmits CVT vehicle
[km/h] or [mph]
speed sensor signal through CAN communication).
Indicates throttle position read from ADAS control unit through CAN communi-
THRTL OPENING
× × cation (ECM transmits accelerator pedal position signal through CAN communi-
[%]
cation).
Indicates CVT gear position read from ADAS control unit through CAN commu-
GEAR
× nication (TCM transmits current gear position signal through CAN communica-
[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
tion).
CLUTCH SW SIG Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from clutch pedal position signal (ECM
× × ×
[On/Off] transmits ICC clutch switch signal through CAN communication).
Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from park/neutral position switch signal
NP SW SIG
× (ECM transmits park/neutral position switch signal through CAN communica-
[On/Off]
tion).
MODE SIG Indicates the active mode from ICC or ASCD [conventional (fixed speed) cruise
×
[OFF, ICC, ASCD] control mode].
SET DISP IND
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of SET switch indicator output.
[On/Off]
DISTANCE
× Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead.
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
× Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead.
[m/s]
ON ROOT GUIDANCE NOTE:
×
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
DYNA ASIST SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM
× × ×
[On/Off] transmits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication).
IBA SW NOTE:
× ×
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
NAVI ICC DISP NOTE:
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
Indicates shift selector position read from ADAS control unit through CAN com-
Shift position
× munication (TCM transmits shift selector position signal through CAN communi-
[Off, P, R, N, D, M/T1 - 7]
cation).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-16 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
A

(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

Indicates turn signal operation status read from ADAS control unit through CAN B
Turn signal
× communication (BCM transmits turn indicator signal through CAN communica-
[OFF/LH/RH/LH&RH]
tion).
Indicates lateral G acting on the vehicle. This lateral G is judged from a side G
SIDE G sensor signal read by ADAS control unit via CAN communication.
C
×
[G] (The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits a side G sensor sig-
nal via CAN communication).
Indicates system which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance” D
FUNC ITEM (FCW)
× × × ⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral switch:
[On/Off]
Forward Emergency Braking.
Indicates system which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance” E
FUNC ITEM (BSW)
× × × ⇒“Blind Spot” of the integral switch:
[On/Off]
Blind Spot Warning.
FUNC ITEM (NV-ICC) NOTE:
[Off]
× × ×
The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
F

Indicates an ON/OFF state of the PFCW system. The PFCW system can be set
FCW SELECT
× × × to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral
[On/Off] G
switch.
BSW SELECT Indicates an ON/OFF state of the BSW system. The BSW system can be set to
× × ×
[On/Off] ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”⇒“Blind Spot” of the integral switch.
NAVI ICC SELECT NOTE:
H
× × ×
[Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
SYS SELECTABILITY Indicates the availability of ON/OFF switching for “Driving Aids” items received
× × ×
[On/Off] from the integral switch via CAN communication. I
BSW/BSI WARN LMP
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of Blind Spot Warning malfunction.
[On/Off]
BSW SYSTEM ON J
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of BSW system.
[On/Off]
FCW SYSTEM ON
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of PFCW system.
[On/Off] K
BATTERY CIRCUIT
NOTE:
OFF ×
The item is displayed, but it is not used.
[On/Off] L
SYSTEM CANCEL
MESSAGE
× × × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of system cancel display output.
[NOREQ/SLIP/VDC
OFF] M
BSW ON INDICATOR
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of BSW system ON display output.
[On/Off]
SIDE RADAR BLOCK
N
COND × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of side radar with dirt or foreign materials.
[On/Off]
BSW IND BRIGHT- DAS
NESS
× Indicates status of brightness of Blind Spot Warning indicator.
[Nothing/Bright/Normal/
Dark]
P
SL MAIN SW
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from steering switch.
[On/Off]
Indicates system which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”
FUNC ITEM(FEB)
× ⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral switch:
[On/Off]
Forward Emergency Braking

Revision: October 2015 DAS-17 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

Indicates an ON/OFF state of the FEB system. The FEB system can be set to
FEB SELECT
× ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral
[On/Off]
switch.
FEB SW
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of FEB system.
[On/Off]
SL TARGET VEHICLE
SPEED × Indicates set vehicle speed memorized in ADAS control unit.
[km/h] or [mph]
SL SET LAMP
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of speed limiter SET display output.
[On/Off]
SL LIMIT LAMP
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of speed limiter MAIN switch display output.
[On/Off]
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
ASCD CANCEL (LOW
• NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed.
SPEED) ×
• CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low, and ASCD operation is cut
[NON/CUT]
off.
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
ASCD CANCEL
• NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed.
(SPEED DIFF) ×
• CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD
[NON/CUT]
set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
Displays Kick down state.
KICK DOWN
× • On: Accelerator pedal is depressed.
[On/Off]
• Off: Accelerator pedal is fully released.

ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Never perform “Active Test” while driving the vehicle.
• The “Active Test” cannot be performed when the following systems malfunction is displayed.
- ICC system
- Blind Spot Warning/RCTA
- PFCW/FEB
• The “Active Test” cannot be performed when the FEB warning lamp is illuminated.
• The “Active Test” cannot be performed when the ICC System is ON.

Test item Description

METER LAMP The FEB warning lamp can be illuminated by ON/OFF operation as necessary.
The ICC brake hold relay can be operated by ON/OFF operation as necessary, and the stop lamp
STOP LAMP
can be illuminated.
METER BUZZER Sounds a buzzer used for BSW, RCTA, ICC, PFCW and FEB by arbitrarily operating ON/OFF.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1
BRAKE ACTUATOR 2 Activates the brake by an arbitrary operation.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3

METER LAMP
NOTE:
The test can be performed only when the engine is running.

Test item Operation Description FEB warning lamp

Off Stops sending the FEB warning lamp signal to exit from the test. OFF
METER LAMP Transmits the FEB warning lamp signal to the combination meter via CAN communi-
On ON
cation.

STOP LAMP

Revision: October 2015 DAS-18 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

Test item Operation Description Stop lamp A

Off Stops transmitting the ICC brake hold relay drive signal to end the test. OFF
STOP LAMP
On Transmits the ICC brake hold relay drive signal. ON
B
METER BUZZER

Test item Operation Description Operation sound

C
Off Stops buzzer output to the combination meter via CAN communication. —
METER BUZZER
On Starts buzzer output to the combination meter via CAN communication. —
D
BRAKE ACTUATOR
NOTE:
The test can be performed only when the engine is running.
E
Test item Operation Description “PRESS ORDER” value
Stops transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
Off —
to end the test. F
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1
Starts transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
On 10 bar
to start the test.
Stops transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal G
Off —
to end the test.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 2
Starts transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
On 20 bar
to start the test. H
Stops transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
Off —
to end the test.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3
Starts transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal I
On 30 bar
to start the test.
NOTE:
The test is finished 10 seconds after starting. J

AWOIA0119GB M
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Displays ADAS control unit part number.
N

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-19 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000011953064

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Value/Status

When MAIN (ON/OFF) switch is pressed. On
MAIN SW Ignition switch ON
When MAIN (ON/OFF) switch is not pressed. Off
When SET/COAST switch is pressed. On
SET/COAST SW Ignition switch ON
When SET/COAST switch is not pressed. Off
When CANCEL switch is pressed. On
CANCEL SW Ignition switch ON
When CANCEL switch is not pressed. Off
When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed. On
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch ON
When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is not pressed. Off
When DISTANCE switch is pressed. On
DISTANCE SW Ignition switch ON
When DISTANCE switch is not pressed. Off

Drive the vehicle and activate When ICC system is controlling. On

CRUISE OPE
the ICC system When ICC system is not controlling. Off
When brake or clutch pedal is depressed. Off
BRAKE SW Ignition switch ON
When brake or clutch pedal is not depressed. On
When brake pedal is depressed. On
STOP LAMP SW Ignition switch ON
When brake pedal is not depressed. Off
Idling On
IDLE SW Engine running
Except idling (depress accelerator pedal) Off
• Start the engine and turn the When set to “long” Long
ICC system ON
When set to “middle” Mid
SET DISTANCE • Press the DISTANCE
switch to change the ICC
When set to “short” Short
system
ICC system ON
On
Start the engine and press (MAIN switch indicator ON).
CRUISE LAMP
MAIN switch ICC system OFF
Off
(MAIN switch indicator OFF).
NOTE:
OWN VHCL Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored
When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead de-
On
Drive the vehicle and activate tection indicator ON).
VHCL AHEAD
the ICC system When a vehicle ahead is not detected (vehicle ahead
Off
detection indicator OFF).
When ICC system is malfunctioning
On
Start the engine and press (ICC system malfunction ON).
ICC WARNING
MAIN switch When ICC system is normal
Off
(ICC system malfunction OFF).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-20 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
A
Displays the ve-
hicle speed cal-
VHCL SPEED SE While driving culated by
ADAS control B
unit
Displays the set
SET VHCL SPD While driving When vehicle speed is set.
vehicle speed
C
When the buzzer of the following system operates:
• ICC system
On
• PFCW system
• FEB system D
BUZZER O/P Engine running When the buzzer of the following system does not oper-
ate:
• ICC system Off E
• PFCW system
• FEB system
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
0.0 F

Equivalent to ta-
ENGINE RPM Engine running chometer read-
ing G
Wiper not operating. Off
WIPER SW Ignition switch ON Wiper LO operation. Low
H
Wiper HI operation. High
NOTE:
YAW RATE 0.0
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
I
FEB OFF indicator lamp ON.
• When FEB system is malfunctioning. On
• When FEB system is turned to OFF.
BA WARNING Engine running J
FEB OFF indicator lamp OFF.
• When FEB system is normal. Off
• When FEB system is turned to ON.
When ICC brake hold relay is activated. On K
Drive the vehicle and activate
STP LMP DRIVE
the ICC system When ICC brake hold relay is not activated. Off
When the shift selector is in “D” position or manual L
On
mode.
D POSITION SW Engine running
When the shift selector is in any position other than “D”
Off
or manual mode.
M
When the shift selector is in “N” or “P” position. On
NP RANGE SW Engine running When the shift selector is in any position other than “N”
Off
or “P”.
N
When the parking brake is applied. On
PKB SW Ignition switch ON
When the parking brake is released. Off
Power supply DAS
voltage value of
PWR SUP MONI Engine running
ADAS control
unit
P
Value of CVT ve-
VHCL SPD AT While driving hicle speed sen-
sor signal
Displays the
THRTL OPENING Engine running Depress accelerator pedal.
throttle position
Displays the
GEAR While driving
gear position

Revision: October 2015 DAS-21 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
When clutch or brake pedal is depressed. On
CLUTCH SW SIG Ignition switch ON
When clutch or brake pedal is not depressed. Off
When the shift selector is in neutral position. On
NP SW SIG Ignition switch ON When the shift selector is in any position other than neu-
Off
tral.

Start the engine and press When ICC system is deactivated. Off
MODE SIG
MAIN switch When ICC system is activated. ICC
SET switch indicator ON. On
SET DISP IND Press SET/COAST switch
SET switch indicator OFF. Off
Displays the dis-
tance from the
Drive the vehicle and activate When a vehicle ahead is detected.
DISTANCE preceding vehi-
the ICC system cle
When a vehicle ahead is not detected. 0.0
Displays the rel-
Drive the vehicle and activate When a vehicle ahead is detected.
RELATIVE SPD ative speed.
the ICC system
When a vehicle ahead is not detected. 0.0
NOTE:
ON ROOT GUIDE Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
When the PFCW system is ON. On
FCW SYSTEM ON Ignition switch ON
When the PFCW system is OFF. Off
Displays the
• Engine running
Shift position shift selector po-
• While driving
sition
Turn signal lamps OFF. Off
Turn signal lamp LH blinking. LH
Turn signal
Turn signal lamp RH blinking. RH
Turn signal lamp LH and RH blinking. LH&RH
Vehicle turning right. Negative value
SIDE G While driving
Vehicle turning left. Positive value
FUNC ITEM Ignition switch ON FUNC3
FUNC ITEM (FCW) Engine running On
FUNC ITEM (BSW) Engine running On
NOTE:
FUNC ITEM (NV-ICC) Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
On
switch is ON.
FCW SELECT Ignition switch ON
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
Off
switch is OFF.
“Blind Spot Warning” set when the integral switch is ON. On
BSW SELECT Ignition switch ON “Blind Spot Warning” set when the integral switch is
Off
OFF.
NOTE:
NAVI ICC SELECT Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Items set with the integral switch can be switched nor-
On
mally.
SYS SELECTABILITY Ignition switch ON
Items set with the integral switch cannot be switched
Off
normally.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-22 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
A
When the BSW system is malfunctioning. On
BSW WARN LMP Engine running
When the BSW system is normal. Off
When the BSW system is ON. On B
BSW SYSTEM ON Ignition switch ON
When the BSW system is OFF. Off
When the FEB/PFCW system is ON. On
FCW SYSTEM ON Engine running
When the FEB/PFCW system is OFF. Off C
BATTERY CIRCUIT NOTE:
Off
OFF The item is indicated, but not used.
D
SYSTEM CANCEL System cancel display ON. On
Engine running
MESSAGE System cancel display OFF. Off
BSW system display ON. On E
BSW ON INDICATOR Engine running
BSW system display OFF. Off

SIDE RADAR BLOCK Front bumper or side radar is dirty. On

Engine running
COND Front bumper and side radar are clean. Off F
BSW system OFF. Nothing

BSW IND BRIGHT- Blind Spot Warning indicator brightness bright. Bright
Ignition switch ON G
NESS Blind Spot Warning indicator brightness normal. Normal
Blind Spot Warning indicator brightness dark. Dark
When speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed. On H
SL MAIN SW Engine running
When speed limiter MAIN switch is not pressed. Off
FUNC ITEM (FEB) Engine running On
I
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
On
switch is ON.
FEB SELECT Ignition switch ON
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
Off J
switch is OFF.
FEB system ON. On
FEB SW Engine running
FEB system OFF. Off K
SL TARGET VEHI- Displays the set
While driving When vehicle speed is set.
CLE SPEED vehicle speed
• Drive the vehicle and acti- Speed limiter SET indicator ON. On L
vate the speed limiter
SL SET LAMP
• Press speed limiter MAIN Speed limiter SET indicator OFF. Off
switch
M
• Drive the vehicle and acti- Speed limiter system ON. On
vate the speed limiter
SL LIMIT LAMP
• Press speed limiter MAIN Speed limiter system OFF. Off
switch N
ASCD CANCEL Drive the vehicle and activate ASCD canceled by low vehicle speed. On
(LOW SPEED) the ASCD Other than above. Off
ASCD canceled by difference between set speed and DAS
ASCD CANCEL Drive the vehicle and activate On
vehicle speed.
(SPEED DIFF) the ASCD
Other than above. Off
When accelerator pedal is fully depressed. On
P
Drive the vehicle and activate
KICK DOWN
the speed limiter Other than above. Off

Revision: October 2015 DAS-23 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES

JSOIA0705ZZ

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1
Ground Input 0V
(B) —
2
ITS communication high — —
(L) —
3
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
(BG)
5
ITS communication low — — —
(Y) Ground
9
CAN high — — —
(L)
10
CAN low — — —
(P)
Ignition
14
ICC brake hold relay drive signal Output switch — Battery voltage
(W)
ON

Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) INFOID:0000000011953065

If a malfunction occurs in each system, ADAS control unit cancels each control, sounds a beep, and turns ON
the warning or indicator lamp.

Warning lamp/Warning dis-

System Buzzer Description
play
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) High-pitched tone ICC system warning Cancel
FEB warning lamp
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow)
FEB warning lamp
Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow)
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) Low-pitched tone BSW system warning Cancel
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) — BSW system warning Cancel

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011953066

If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec-
tion priority chart.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-24 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

Priority Detected items (DTC) A

• U1507: LOST COMM (SIDE RDR R)
1
• U1508: LOST COMM (SIDE RDR L)
• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT B
2
• U1321: CONFIGURATION
• C1A17: ICC SENSOR MALF
3 • C1B53: SIDE RDR R MALF C
• C1B54: SIDE RDR L MALF
• C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIR
• C1A02: POWER SUPPLY CIR 2
• C1A13: STOP LAMP RLY FIX D
• C1A14: ECM CIRCUIT
• C1A34: COMMAND ERROR
• U0121: VDC CAN CIR 2 E
• U0235: ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 1
4 • U0401: ECM CAN CIR 1
• U0402: TCM CAN CIR 1
• U0415: VDC CAN CIR 1 F
• U0433: ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 2
• U1503: SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2
• U1504: SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 1
• U1505: SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2 G
• U1506: SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 1
5 • C1A03: VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
6 • C1A00: CONTROL UNIT H

DTC Index INFOID:0000000011953067

Systems for fail-safe

• A: Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• B: Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) J
• C: Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• D: Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• E: Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
K
DTC Fail-safe
CONSULT display Reference
CONSULT System
NO DTC IS DE- L
TECTED. FUR-
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY
THER TESTING — —
BE REQUIRED
MAY BE RE-
QUIRED M
U1507 LOST COMM (SIDE RDR R) D, E DAS-76
U1508 LOST COMM (SIDE RDR L) D, E DAS-77
N
U1000NOTE CAN COMM CIRCUIT A, B, C, D, E DAS-65
U1321 CONFIGURATION A, B, C, D, E DAS-67
C1A17 ICC SENSOR MALF A, B, C DAS-51 DAS
C1B53 SIDE RDR R MALF D, E DAS-53
C1B54 SIDE RDR L MALF D, E DAS-54
P
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIR A, B, C, D, E DAS-40
C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 A, B, C, D, E DAS-40
C1A13 STOP LAMP RLY FIX A, B, C DAS-43
C1A14 ECM CIRCUIT A, B, C DAS-49
C1A34 COMMAND ERROR A, B, C DAS-52
U0121 VDC CAN CIR 2 A, B, C, D, E DAS-55

Revision: October 2015 DAS-25 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
Systems for fail-safe
• A: Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• B: Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• C: Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• D: Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• E: Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC Fail-safe
CONSULT display Reference
CONSULT System
U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 1 A, C, D, E DAS-57
U0401 ECM CAN CIR 1 A, B, C, D, E DAS-58
U0402 TCM CAN CIR 1 A, B, C, D, E DAS-60
U0415 VDC CAN CIR 1 A, B, C, D, E DAS-62
U0433 ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 2 A, B, C DAS-64
U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2 D, E DAS-68
U1504 SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 1 D, E DAS-70
U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2 D, E DAS-72
U1506 SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 1 D, E DAS-74
C1A03 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC D, E DAS-41
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT A, B, C, D, E DAS-39
NOTE:
With the detection of “U1000” some systems do not perform the fail-safe operation.
A system controlling based on a signal received from the control unit performs fail-safe operation when the
communication with the ADAS control unit becomes inoperable.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-26 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011953068
B

DAS

AAOWA0105GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-27 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

AAOWA0106GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-28 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

DAS

AAOWA0107GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-29 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

AAOIA0363GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-30 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

DAS

AAOIA0364GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-31 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

AAOIA0365GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-32 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

DAS

AAOIA0366GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-33 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

AAOIA0367GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-34 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

DAS

AAOIA0368GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-35 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

BASIC INSPECTION
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000011953069

Always perform the ADAS control unit configuration after replacing the ADAS control unit.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011953070

1.ADAS CONTROL UNIT CONFIGURATION

CONSULT
Perform the ADAS control unit configuration. Refer to DAS-37, "Description".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to DAS-25, "DTC Index".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-36 2016 Maxima NAM

 CONFIGURATION (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
CONFIGURATION (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
A
Description INFOID:0000000011953071

• Since vehicle specifications are not included in the ADAS control unit after replacement, it is required to write B
vehicle specifications using CONSULT.
• Configuration has three functions as follows:

Function Description C
Allows the reading of vehicle specification written in ADAS control unit to store
Before ECU
the specification in CONSULT.
Read/Write Configuration D
Allows the writing of the vehicle information stored in CONSULT into the ADAS
After ECU replacement
control unit.
Manual Configuration Allows the writing of the vehicle specification into the ADAS control unit by hand.
E
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011953072

CAUTION: F
• Use “Manual Configuration” only when “TYPE ID” of ADAS control unit cannot be read.
• If an error occurs during configuration, start over from the beginning.
1.CHECKING TYPE ID (1) G
Use FAST (service parts catalogue) to search ADAS control unit of the applicable vehicle and find “Type ID”.
Is “Type ID” displayed?
H
YES >> Print out “Type ID” and GO TO 2.
NO >> “Configuration” is not required for ADAS control unit. Replace in the usual manner. Refer to DAS-
80, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECKING TYPE ID (2) I

CONSULT Configuration
1. Select “Before Replace ECU” of “Read/Write Configuration”. J
2. Check that “Type ID” is displayed on the CONSULT screen.
Is “Type ID” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.VERIFYING TYPE ID (1)
CONSULT Configuration L
Compare a “Type ID” displayed on the CONSULT screen with the one searched by using FAST (service parts
catalogue) to check that these “Type ID” agree with each other.
NOTE: M
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.

>> GO TO 4. N
4.SAVING TYPE ID
CONSULT Configuration DAS
Save “Type ID” on CONSULT.

>> GO TO 5. P
5.REPLACING ADAS CONTROL UNIT (1)
Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 6.
6.WRITING (AUTOMATIC WRITING)
Revision: October 2015 DAS-37 2016 Maxima NAM
 CONFIGURATION (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
CONSULT Configuration
1. Select “After Replace ECU” of “Re/programming, Configuration” or that of “Read / Write Configuration”.
2. Select the “Type ID” agreeing with the one stored on CONSULT and the one searched by using FAST
(service parts catalogue) to write the “Type ID” into the ADAS control unit.
NOTE:
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.

>> GO TO 9.
7.REPLACING ADAS CONTROL UNIT (2)
Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 8.
8.WRITING (MANUAL WRITING)
CONSULT Configuration
1. Select “Manual Configuration”.
2. Select the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalogue) to write the “Type ID” into the
ADAS control unit.
NOTE:
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.

>> GO TO 9.
9.VERIFYING TYPE ID (2)
Compare “Type ID” written into the ADAS control unit with the one searched by using FAST (service parts cat-
alogue) to check that these “Type ID” agree with each other.
NOTE:
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.

>> GO TO 10.
10.RESTART ADAS BY IGN OFF/IGN ON
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON.

>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORMING SUPPLEMENTARY WORK
1. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of all systems.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result”.

>> End of work.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-38 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953073
B

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
D
CONTROL UNIT Signal (terminal) -
C1A00
(Control unit) Threshold ADAS control unit internal malfunction
Diagnosis delay time - E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ADAS control unit F
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) G
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
H
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode. J
3. Check DTC.
4. Check if “C1A00” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1A00” detected as the current malfunction? K
YES >> Refer to DAS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953074

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT M

Check if any DTC other than “C1A00” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is any DTC detected? N
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-25, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation". DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-39 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953075

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)

Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

POWER SUPPLY CIR Signal (terminal) -

C1A01 1
(Power supply circuit) Threshold Less than 7.9 V
Diagnosis delay time 5 seconds or more
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 Signal (terminal) -

C1A02 2
(Power supply circuit 2) Threshold More than 19.3 V
Diagnosis delay time 5 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Connector, harness or fuse
• ADAS control unit
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “C1A01” or “C1A02” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of
“ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1A01” or “C1A02” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-40, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953076

1.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check power supply and ground circuit of ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-79, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-40 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953077

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When Ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
If the vehicle speed is greater than 19 mph (30km/h) D
VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
C1A03 0.3s and vehicle speed drops to less than 1.8 mph
(Vehicle speed sensor circuit) Threshold
(3km/h) within 200ms and vehicle speed is less than
3km/h continues for 3s.
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Wheel speed sensor F
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• ADAS control unit
G
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY I
If DTC “C1A03” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
J
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

CONSULT
1. Start the engine. L
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Drive the vehicle at 19 mph (30 km/h) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive safely. M
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
6. Check if “C1A03” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”. N
Is “C1A03” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-41, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". DAS
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953078

P
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “C1A03” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-41 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

2.CHECK DATA MONITOR

1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at 19 mph (30 km/h) or more.
3. Check that the value of “VHCL SPD SE” in “Data Monitor” mode of “ICC/ADAS” is almost the same as the
actual vehicle speed.
CAUTION:
Be careful of the vehicle speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-42 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953079

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
• Stop lamp inactive state continues for 0.3 D
seconds or more despite the outputting of
an ICC sensor ICC brake hold relay drive
signal.
STOP LAMP RLY FIX E
C1A13 • The stop lamp remains ON for 60 sec-
(Stop lamp relay fix) Threshold onds or more under the following condi-
tions:
- Driving at 25 mph (40 km/h) or more F
- No stop lamp drive signal output from
ADAS control unit
- No brake operation
Diagnosis delay time – G

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Stop lamp switch circuit H
• ICC brake hold relay circuit
• Stop lamp switch
• ICC brake hold relay
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation I
• ECM
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
J
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) K
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “C1A13” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected? M
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (1) N

CONSULT
1. Start the engine. DAS
2. Select “STOP LAMP”“Active Test” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “C1A13” is detected as the current malfunction in the “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/
ADAS”. P
Is “C1A13” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-44, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (2)
CONSULT

Revision: October 2015 DAS-43 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
1. Drive the vehicle at 25 mph (40 km/h) or more for approximately 60 seconds or more without the brake
pedal depressed.
CAUTION:
Always drive safely.
NOTE:
If it is outside the above condition, repeat step 1.
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
3. Check if “C1A13” is detected as the current malfunction in the “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/
ADAS”.
Is “C1A13” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-44, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953080

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-27, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “C1A13” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
CONSULT
1. Select “Data Monitor” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
2. Select “STOP LAMP SW”.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status

When brake pedal is applied ON
STOP LAMP SW
When brake pedal is released OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-12, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-12, "Adjustment".
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to CCS-78, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
1. Remove ICC brake hold relay.
2. Check that the stop lamp is illuminated by depressing the brake pedal to turn the stop lamp ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
Revision: October 2015 DAS-44 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY A

Check ICC brake hold relay. Refer to DAS-48, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY C
Check stop lamp relay. Refer to DAS-48, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay.
8.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
F
Terminal
(+) (–) Voltage
ICC brake hold relay (Approx.) G
Connector Terminal
Ground
1
E75 Battery voltage H
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. I
NO >> Repair or replace ICC brake hold relay power supply circuit.
9.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY AND ADAS CONTROL UNIT
J
1. Disconnect ADAS control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ADAS control unit harness con-
nector.
K
ICC brake hold relay ADAS control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E75 2 B89 14 Yes
3. Check continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
M
ICC brake hold relay
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
N
E75 2 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. DAS
NO >> Repair or replace the harness or connector.
10.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY AND ECM
P
1. Disconnect ECM, stop lamp relay, rear combination lamp, and high-mounted stop lamp connectors and
remove ICC brake hold relay.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-45 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

ICC brake hold relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E75 5 No
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ICC brake hold relay ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E75 5 E10 139 Yes
6. Check continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.

ICC brake hold relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E75 5 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace the harness or connector.
11.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
CONSULT
1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected.
2. Select “STOP LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
3. Select “Active Test“ and check the voltage between ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.

Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage
ADAS control unit (Approx.)
Active Test item
Connector Terminal “STOP LAMP”
Ground
OFF Battery voltage
B89 14
ON 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".
12.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.

Terminal
(+) (–) Voltage
Stop lamp relay (Approx.)

Connector Terminal
Ground
1
E34 Battery voltage
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp relay power supply circuit.
13.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP RELAY AND ECM
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-46 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
2. Disconnect stop lamp relay, ECM, ICC brake hold relay, rear combination lamp, and high-mounted stop
lamp connectors. A
3. Check continuity between the stop lamp relay harness connector and the ECM harness connector.

Stop lamp relay ECM B

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E34 5 E10 139 Yes
C
4. Check continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay

Continuity D
Connector Terminal Ground
E34 2 No
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
14.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP RELAY AND STOP LAMP SWITCH F

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. G
3. Check continuity between the stop lamp relay harness connector and the stop lamp switch harness con-
nector.
H
Stop lamp relay Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E34 2 E38 2 Yes I
4. Check continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay

J
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E34 2 No
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair the harness or connector. L
15.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
M

Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground N
E38 1 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16. DAS
NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM P
CONSULT
1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”. Refer to EC-107,
"DTC Index".
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-47 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result.
NO >> GO TO 17.
17.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
CONSULT
1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result.
NO >> Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011953081

1.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY

Apply battery voltage to ICC brake hold relay terminals 1 and 2, and
then check for continuity under the following conditions:

ICC brake hold relay

Condition Continuity
Terminals
When the battery voltage is applied Yes
3 5
When the battery voltage is not applied No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. JMBIA0848ZZ
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
Apply battery voltage to stop lamp relay terminals 1 and 2, and then
check for continuity under the following conditions:

Stop lamp relay

Condition Continuity
Terminals
When the battery voltage is applied Yes
3 5
When the battery voltage is not applied No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. JMBIA0848ZZ
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-48 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A14 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1A14 ECM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953082

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

ECM CIRCUIT Signal (terminal) –

C1A14
(ECM circuit) Threshold If ECM is malfunctioning D
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• ECM
• ADAS control unit
FAIL-SAFE F
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) G
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “C1A14” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected? I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
K
2. Operate the ICC system and drive.
CAUTION:
Always drive safely.
3. Stop the vehicle. L
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
5. Check if “C1A14” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1A14” detected as the current malfunction? M
YES >> Refer to DAS-49, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953083

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY DAS

If DTC “C1A14” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
P
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if “U1000” is detected with “C1A14” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-49 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A14 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
EC-107, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-50 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A17 ICC SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1A17 ICC SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953084

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

ICC SENSOR MALF Signal (terminal) –

C1A17
(ICC sensor malfunction) Threshold If ICC sensor is malfunctioning D
Diagnosis delay time –
NOTE: E
If DTC “C1A17” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC
Description".
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
ICC sensor
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled: G
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953085

1.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I

CONSULT
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” mode.
2. Check if “U1000” is detected with “C1A17” in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”. J
Is “U1000”detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-65, "DTC Description". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC SENSOR SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT L
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “LASER/RADAR”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to M
CCS-111, "DTC Logic".
NO >> Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".
N

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-51 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1A34 COMMAND ERROR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1A34 COMMAND ERROR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953086

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
COMMAND ERROR If an error occurs in the command signal that
C1A34
(Command error) Threshold ADAS control unit transmits to ECM via
CAN communication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ADAS control unit
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “C1A34” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Operate the ICC system and drive.
CAUTION:
Always drive safely.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
5. Check if “C1A34” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1A34” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-52, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953087

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Check if “U1000” is detected with “C1A34” in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-52 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B53 SIDE RADAR RIGHT MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1B53 SIDE RADAR RIGHT MALFUNCTION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953088

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
SIDE RDR R MALF
C1B53 ADAS control unit detects that side radar D
(Side radar right malfunction) Threshold
RH has a malfunction
Diagnosis delay time –
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar RH
FAIL-SAFE F
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode. I
3. Check if “C1B53” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1B53” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-53, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953089 K

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Check if “U1000” is detected with “C1B53” in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”. L
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description". M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT N
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR RIGHT”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to DAS
DAS-129, "DTC Index" (Side radar RH).
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".
P

Revision: October 2015 DAS-53 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B54 SIDE RADAR LEFT MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
C1B54 SIDE RADAR LEFT MALFUNCTION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953090

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
SIDE RDR L MALF
C1B54 ADAS control unit detects that side radar LH
(Side radar left malfunction) Threshold
has a malfunction
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar LH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
3. Check if “C1B54” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1B54” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953091

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Check if “U1000” is detected with “C1B54” in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR LEFT”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-127, "DTC Index" (Side radar LH).
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-54 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0121 VDC CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U0121 VDC CAN 2
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953092

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
If ADAS control unit detects an error signal D
VDC CAN CIR2
U0121 that is received from ABS actuator and elec-
(VDC CAN circuit 2) Threshold
tric unit (control unit) via CAN communica-
tion
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) F

FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled: G
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW) H
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0121” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected? J
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

CONSULT
1. Start the engine. L
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0121” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
M
Is “U0121” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-55, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953093

DAS
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0121” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected? P
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-55 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0121 VDC CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-56 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN 1
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953094

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
ICC SENSOR CAN CIR1 ADAS control unit detects an error signal D
U0235
(ICC sensor CAN circuit 1) Threshold that is received from ICC sensor via ITS
communication
Diagnosis delay time – E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ICC sensor
F
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) G
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0235” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine. K
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0235” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”. L
Is “U0235” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953095
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0235” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
DAS
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK ICC SENSOR SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “LASER/RADAR”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
CCS-46, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-57 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0401 ECM CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U0401 ECM CAN 1
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953096

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
ECM CAN CIR1 If ADAS control unit detects an error signal
U0401
(ECM CAN circuit 1) Threshold that is received from ECM via CAN commu-
nication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0401” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0401” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U0401” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953097

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U0401” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-58 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0401 ECM CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
BRC-227, "DTC Index". A
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-59 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0402 TCM CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U0402 TCM CAN 1
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953098

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
TCM CAN CIRC1 If ADAS control unit detects an error signal
U0402
(TCM CAN circuit 1) Threshold that is received from TCM via CAN commu-
nication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
TCM
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0402” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0402” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U0402” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953099

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U0402” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TCM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TRANSMISSION”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-60 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0402 TCM CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
TM-58, "DTC Index". A
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-61 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0415 VDC CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U0415 VDC CAN 1
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953100

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –

VDC CAN CIR1 If ADAS control unit detects an error signal

U0415 that is received from ABS actuator and elec-
(VDC CAN circuit 1) Threshold
tric unit (control unit) via CAN communica-
tion
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0415” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0415” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U0415” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953101

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U0415” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-62 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0415 VDC CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
BRC-227, "DTC Index". A
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-63 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0433 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U0433 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 2
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953102

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 2
U0433 ADAS control unit received invalid data from
(ICC sensor CAN circuit 2) Threshold
ICC sensor via ITS communication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ICC sensor
ADAS control unit
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0433” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0433” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U0433” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953103

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U0433” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC SENSOR SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “LASER/RADAR”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
CCS-46, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-64 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000011953104

CAN COMMUNICATION B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern
vehicles are equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links C
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less
wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads the required data only.
CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communica- D
tion Signal Chart".
ITS COMMUNICATION
E
• ITS communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receive
large quantities of data at high speed by connecting control units with 2 communication lines.
• ITS communication lines adopt twisted-pair line style (two lines twisted) for noise immunity.
F
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953105

DTC DETECTION LOGIC G

CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
H
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CAN COMM CIRCUIT If ADAS control unit is not transmitting or re-
U1000 I
(CAN communication circuit) Threshold ceiving CAN communication signal or ITS
communication
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more
J
NOTE:
If “U1000” is detected, first diagnose the CAN communication system.
POSSIBLE CAUSE K
• CAN communication system
• ITS communication system
FAIL-SAFE L
The following systems are canceled:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) M
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) N
NOTE:
With the detection of “U1000”, some systems do not perform the fail-safe operation. A system controlling
based on a signal received from the control unit performs fail-safe operation when the communication with the
ADAS control unit becomes inoperable. DAS
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if the “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/
ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected as the current malfunction?
Revision: October 2015 DAS-65 2016 Maxima NAM
 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Refer to DAS-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953106

1.PERFORM THE SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON, and then wait for 30 seconds or more.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-66 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1321 CONFIGURATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1321 CONFIGURATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953107

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
U1321 NOT CONFIGURED
Threshold If ADAS is not configured D
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
ADAS control unit is not configured.
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled: F
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) G
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT I
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
3. Check if “U1321” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
J
Is “U1321” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End.
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953108

1.PERFORM CONFIGURATION OF ADAS CONTROL UNIT L

Perform configuration of ADAS control unit when DTC “U1321” is detected.

M
>> Perform configuration of ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-37, "Work Procedure".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-67 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN 2
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953109

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2 ADAS control unit detects an error signal
U1503
(Side radar left CAN circuit 2) Threshold that is received from side radar LH via ITS
communication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar LH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U1503” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1508”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1508”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1508: Refer to DAS-77, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1503” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1503” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953110

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U1503” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1508”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1508”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1508: Refer to DAS-77, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR LH SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR LEFT”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-68 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-127, "DTC Index". A
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-69 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1504 SIDE RDR L CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1504 SIDE RDR L CAN 1
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953111

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 1 ADAS control unit detects an error signal
U1504
(Side radar left CAN circuit 1) Threshold that is received from side radar LH via ITS
communication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar LH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U1504” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1508”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1508”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1508: Refer to DAS-77, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1504” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1504” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953112

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U1504” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1508”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1508”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1508: Refer to DAS-77, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR LH SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR LEFT”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-70 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1504 SIDE RDR L CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-127, "DTC Index". A
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-71 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN 2
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953113

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2 ADAS control unit detects an error signal
U1505
(Side radar right CAN circuit 2) Threshold that is received from side radar RH via ITS
communication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar RH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U1505” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1507”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1507”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1507: Refer to DAS-76, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1505” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1505” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953114

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U1505” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1507”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1507”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1507: Refer to DAS-76, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR RH SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR RIGHT”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-72 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-129, "DTC Index". A
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-73 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1506 SIDE RDR R CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1506 SIDE RDR R CAN 1
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953115

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 1 ADAS control unit detects an error signal
U1506
(Side radar right CAN circuit 1) Threshold that is received from side radar RH via ITS
communication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar RH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U1506” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1507”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1507”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1507: Refer to DAS-76, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1506” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1506” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953116

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U1506” is displayed with DTC “U1000” or “U1507”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1507”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• U1000: Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
• U1507: Refer to DAS-76, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR RH SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR RIGHT”.
Is any DTC detected?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-74 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1506 SIDE RDR R CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-129, "DTC Index". A
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-75 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1507 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR R)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1507 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR R)
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953117

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

LOST COMM(SIDE RDR R) Signal (terminal) –

U1507 [Lost communication (side radar ADAS control unit cannot receive ITS com-
right)] Threshold
munication signal from side radar RH
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Side radar RH right/left switching signal circuit
• ITS communication system
• Side radar RH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U1507” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1507” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1507” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953118

1.CHECK RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Check right/left switching signal circuit. Refer to DAS-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Repair right/left switching signal circuit.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-76 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L)
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953119

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L) Signal (terminal) –

U1508 [Lost communication (side radar ADAS control unit cannot receive ITS com- D
left)] Threshold
munication signal from side radar LH
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Side radar LH harness connector
• ITS communication system F
• Side radar LH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled: G
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U1508” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine. K
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1508” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”. L
Is “U1508” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953120
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U1508” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
DAS
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the terminals and connectors of the side radar LH for damage, bend and short (unit side and con-
nector side).
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-77 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Repair the terminal or connector.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-78 2016 Maxima NAM

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953121

B
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-27, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK FUSES C

Check that the following fuse is not blown:

D
Signal name Fuse No.
Ignition power supply 30 (10 A)
Is the fuse blown? E
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

Check voltage between ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.
G
Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage
ADAS control unit (Approx.) H
Ignition switch
Connector Terminal
Ground
OFF 0V
B89 3 I
ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Repair the ADAS control unit power supply circuit.
3.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ADAS control unit connector.
3. Check for continuity between ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.
L
ADAS control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M
B89 1 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. N
NO >> Repair the ADAS control unit ground circuit.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-79 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011953122

REMOVAL
NOTE:
Before replacing ADAS control unit, perform “Before Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” to save or
print current vehicle specification. Refer to DAS-36, "Description".
1. Remove trunk side finisher (LH). Refer to INT-52, "TRUNK SIDE FINISHER : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove nuts (A) from ADAS control unit bracket.

ALOIA0289ZZ

3. Disconnect harness connector from ADAS control unit and remove ADAS control unit from vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform “After Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration”
when replacing ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-36, "Description".
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform “Configuration (ADAS control unit)” when replacing ADAS control unit. Refer to
DAS-36, "Description".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-80 2016 Maxima NAM

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000011953123

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni- H
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000012462942
J
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component K
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.
L
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one.
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly.
• Follow the steps below to clean components: M
- Water soluble dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
N
- Oily dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off. DAS
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner. P
Precautions For Harness Repair INFOID:0000000011953124

ITS communication uses a twisted pair line. Be careful when repairing it.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-81 2016 Maxima NAM

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).

SKIB8766E

• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.

NOTE:
Bypass connection may cause ITS communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.

SKIB8767E

ICC System Service INFOID:0000000011953125

CAUTION:
• Turn MAIN switch OFF in conditions similar to driving, such as free rollers or a chassis dynamome-
ter.
• Do not use ICC sensor removed from vehicle. Never disassemble or remodel.
• Erase DTC when replacing parts of ICC system, then check operation of ICC system after adjusting
radar alignment if necessary.
FEB System Service INFOID:0000000011953126

CAUTION:
• Turn FEB system OFF in conditions similar to driving, such as free rollers or a chassis dynamome-
ter.
• Do not use ICC sensor removed from vehicle. Never disassemble or remodel.
• Erase DTC when replacing parts of ICC system, then check operation of ICC system after radar align-
ment if necessary.
• Do not change FEB initial state ON⇒OFF without consent of the customer.
Blind Spot Warning System Service INFOID:0000000011953127

CAUTION:
• Do not use Blind Spot Warning/ Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system when driving with free rollers
or a chassis dynamometer.
• Do not perform active test while driving.
TO KEEP BLIND SPOT WARNING/Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) SYSTEM OPERATING PROP-
ERLY, BE SURE TO OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
System Maintenance
Side radars for Blind Spot Warning and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system are located near rear bumper.
• Be sure to keep the area near the side radars clean.
• Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near side
radars.
• Do not strike or damage area around side radars.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-82 2016 Maxima NAM

 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000012324748
B

The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.) C
Tool name
— Removing trim components
(J-46534) D
Trim Tool Set

AWJIA0483ZZ

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-83 2016 Maxima NAM

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011953128

ALOIA0291ZZ

A. View with fuse, fusible link and relay B. Upper side of brake pedal assembly
box cover removed

Revision: October 2015 DAS-84 2016 Maxima NAM

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

No. Component Description A

1. Side radar RH Refer to DAS-87, "Side Radar LH/RH".
2. Blind Spot Warning indicator RH Refer to DAS-87, "Blind Spot Warning Indicator LH/RH".
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle speed signal (wheel
B
speed), stop lamp signal and VDC/TCS/ABS system operation condition to ADAS con-
ABS actuator and electric unit trol unit via CAN communication.
3.
(control unit) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls the brake, based on a brake fluid C
pressure control signal received from ADAS control unit via CAN communication.
• Refer to BRC-168, "Removal and Installation" for detailed installation location.
4. ICC sensor Refer to DAS-85, "ICC Sensor".
D
• TCM transmits the signal related to CVT control to ADAS control unit.
5. TCM • Refer to TM-12, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed
installation location.
E
• Transmits the ICC brake switch signal, stop lamp switch signal, ICC steering switch sig-
nal, etc., to ADAS control unit via CAN communication.
6. ECM
• Refer to EC-15, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
tailed installation location. F
• Transmits the turn indicator signal and position light request signal to ADAS control unit
via CAN communication.
7. BCM
• Refer to BCS-5, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed
installation location. G
8. Blind Spot Warning indicator LH Refer to DAS-87, "Blind Spot Warning Indicator LH/RH".
• ADAS control unit controls each system (ICC/PFCW/FEB/BSW/RCTA), based on ITS H
communication signals and CAN communication signals from each control unit.
9. ADAS control unit
• ADAS control unit transmits engine torque command value, brake fluid pressure control
signal, and buzzer output signal to each unit.
10. Side radar LH Refer to DAS-87, "Side Radar LH/RH". I
• Description: DAS-86, "Combination Meter".
11. Combination meter
• Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation" for detailed installation location.
J
• Measures the rotation amount, rotation speed, and rotation direction of steering wheel
12. Steering angle sensor and then transmits them to ADAS control unit via CAN communication.
• Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
13. ICC steering switch Refer to DAS-85, "ICC Steering Switch". K
14. ICC brake hold relay Refer to DAS-86, "ICC Brake Hold Relay".
15. Brake pedal position switch
Refer to DAS-86, "Brake Pedal Position Switch / Stop Lamp Switch". L
16. Stop lamp switch

ICC Sensor INFOID:0000000011953129

M
• ICC sensor is installed behind the front bumper and detects a vehi-
cle ahead using millimeter waves.
• ICC sensor detects radar reflected from a vehicle ahead by irradi- N
ating radar forward and calculates a distance from the vehicle
ahead and relative speed, based on the detected signal.
• ICC sensor transmits the presence/absence of a vehicle ahead
and the distance from the vehicle to ADAS control unit via ITS DAS
communication.

P
JSOIA1619ZZ

ICC Steering Switch INFOID:0000000011953130

• ICC steering switch is installed to the steering wheel and allows the driver to operate the ICC system using
this switch.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-85 2016 Maxima NAM

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
• ICC steering switch allows the ON/OFF of the Intelligent Cruise Control and the settings of a vehicle speed
and distance between vehicles.
• ICC steering switch signal is transmitted to ECM. ECM transmits the signal to the ADAS control unit via CAN
communication.
Brake Pedal Position Switch / Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000011953131

• Brake pedal position switch is installed at the upper part of the

brake pedal and detects a brake operation performed by the driver.
• Brake pedal position switch is turned OFF when depressing the
brake pedal.
• Brake pedal position switch signal is input to ECM. Brake pedal
position switch signal is transmitted from ECM to ADAS control
unit via CAN communication.

JSOIA0812ZZ

• Stop lamp switch is installed at the upper part of the brake pedal
and detects a brake operation performed by the driver.
• Stop lamp switch is turned ON when depressing the brake pedal.
• Stop lamp switch signal is input to ECM and ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit). Stop lamp switch signals are transmitted
from ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to
ADAS control unit via CAN communication.

JSOIA0439ZZ

ICC Brake Hold Relay INFOID:0000000011953132

• ICC brake hold relay is installed in the fuse, fusible link and relay
box.
• When the brake is activated by the ICC system, the ICC brake hold
relay turns ON the stop lamp by bypassing the circuit of the stop
lamp according to a signal transmitted from the ADAS control unit.

JSOIA0565ZZ

Combination Meter INFOID:0000000011953133

• Receives meter display signal from ADAS control unit via CAN communication.
• Displays the system status according to a signal received from the ADAS control unit.
• Receives a buzzer output signal via CAN communication and sounds the buzzer.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-86 2016 Maxima NAM

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Side Radar LH/RH INFOID:0000000011953135

A
• Installed near the rear bumper, the side radar detects other vehi-
cles beside own vehicle in an adjacent lane.
• Connected with the ADAS control unit via ITS communication, the B
side radar transmits a vehicle detection signal.
• Receives a Blind Spot Warning indicator signal and a Blind Spot
Warning indicator dimmer signal from the ADAS control unit and
transmits an indicator operation signal to the Blind Spot Warning C
indicator LH/RH.
• Since side radar RH and side radar LH have the same specifica-
tions, side radar RH has the right/left switching signal circuit for D
identification.
AWOIA0106ZZ

Blind Spot Warning Indicator LH/RH INFOID:0000000011953136

E
• Installed on the front door corner cover, the Blind Spot Warning indicator warns the driver by lighting/blinking.
• Receives a Blind Spot Warning indicator operation signal from the side radar LH/RH and blinks or turns ON/
OFF the Blind Spot Warning indicator. F

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-87 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SYSTEM
PFCW
PFCW : System Description INFOID:0000000011953137

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

ALOIA0309GB

ADAS CONTROL UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Input Signal Item

Transmit unit Signal name Description

ABS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of ABS.
ABS operation signal Receives an operational state of ABS.
ABS warning lamp signal Receives an operational state of ABS warning lamp.
TCS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of TCS.
TCS operation signal Receives an operational state of TCS.
ABS actuator
CAN communi-
and electric unit VDC OFF switch signal Receives an ON/OFF state of VDC.
cation
(control unit)
VDC malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of VDC.
VDC operation signal Receives an operational state of VDC.
Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of front wheels.
Yaw rate signal Receives yaw rate acting on the vehicle.
Stop lamp switch Receives stop lamp switch state.
Engine speed signal Receives engine speed.
CAN communi- Stop lamp switch signal Receives an operational state of the brake pedal.
ECM
cation
Brake pedal position switch
Receives an operational state of the brake pedal.
signal
Combination CAN communi- Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver Aids” se-
System selection signal
meter cation lected with the integral switch.
ITS communica- Receives detection results, such as the presence or absence
ICC sensor ICC sensor signal
tion of a leading vehicle and distance from the vehicle.
Input speed signal Receives the number of revolutions of input shaft.

CAN communi- Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position.

TCM
cation Current gear position signal Receives a current gear position.
Output shaft revolution signal Receives the number of revolutions of output shaft.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-88 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Transmit unit Signal name Description
A
Steering angle sensor malfunc-
Receives a malfunction state of steering angle sensor.
tion signal
Steering angle CAN communi-
Receives the number of revolutions and turning direction of
sensor cation Steering angle sensor signal B
the steering wheel.
Steering angle speed signal Receives the turning angle speed of the steering wheel.

Output Signal Item C

Reception unit Signal name Description

Vehicle ahead detec- Transmits a signal to display a state of the system on D
Meter display tion indicator signal the combination meter.
Combination CAN commu- signal PFCW/FEB system Transmits a signal to turn ON the PFCW/FEB system
meter nication indicator signal indicator. E
Transmits a buzzer output signal to activate the buzz-
Buzzer output signal
er.
ITS communi- Transmits a vehicle speed calculated by the ADAS F
ICC sensor Vehicle speed signal
cation control unit.

DESCRIPTION
• The PFCW system will function when own vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h) and G
above.
• The Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) system alerts the driver by the vehicle ahead detection
indicator and chime when the distance between own vehicle and a vehicle in front of the vehicle ahead H
becomes closer.

JSOIA0905ZZ
M
NOTE:
The PFCW/FEB system shares the diagnosis function with ICC system.
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION N
The distance from the vehicle in front of the vehicle ahead and a relative speed are calculated using the ICC
sensor, and an ICC sensor signal is transmitted to the ADAS control unit via ITS communication. When judg-
ing the necessity of warning according to the received ICC sensor signal, the ADAS control unit transmits a
warning buzzer signal and meter display signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. DAS

PFCW Operating Condition

• PFCW/FEB system display (white): ON
• Vehicle speed: Approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h) and above P
• Vehicle in front of the vehicle ahead: Detected
NOTE:
ON/OFF of PFCW/FEB system is performed with the integral switch of the combination meter information dis-
play.
BSW

Revision: October 2015 DAS-89 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
BSW : System Description INFOID:0000000011953138

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

ALOIA0294GB

ADAS CONTROL UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

ADAS control unit receives signals via CAN communication. It also detects vehicle conditions that are neces-
sary for Blind Spot Warning control.
Input Signal Item

Transmit unit Signal name Description

TCM CAN communication Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position.
ABS actuator and
electric unit (control CAN communication Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels.
unit)
Receives an operational state of the turn signal lamp
Turn indicator signal
BCM CAN communication and the hazard lamp.
Dimmer signal Receives ON/OFF state of dimmer signal.
Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver Aids”
Combination meter CAN communication System selection signal
selected with the integral switch.
Side radar LH, RH ITS communication Vehicle detection signal Receives vehicle detection condition of detection zone.

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name Description

Transmits a BSW indicator signal to turn ON the
BSW indicator signal
Combination BSW indicator on the combination meter.
CAN communication
meter Transmits a buzzer output signal to activate the
Buzzer output signal
buzzer.
Transmits a Blind Spot Warning indicator signal to
Blind Spot Warning indicator signal
turn ON the Blind Spot Warning indicator.
Side radar LH, Blind Spot Warning indicator dim- Transmits a Blind Spot Warning indicator dimmer
ITS communication
RH mer signal signal to dim Blind Spot Warning indicator.
Transmits a vehicle speed that is calculated by the
Vehicle speed signal
ADAS control unit.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
• The BSW system can help alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.
• The BSW system uses side radars installed near the rear bumper to detect vehicles in an adjacent lane.
• The side radars can detect vehicles on either side of vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-90 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
• This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft. (3.0 m) behind
the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft. (3.0 m) sideways. A
• The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h).
• If the side radar detects vehicles in the detection zone, the Blind Spot Warning indicator illuminates.
B

F
JSOIA0257GB

• If the driver then activates the turn signal, a buzzer will sound twice and the Blind Spot Warning indicator will
blink.
NOTE: G
A buzzer sounds if the side radar has detected a vehicle when the driver activates the turn signal. If a vehicle
comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the Blind Spot Warning indi-
cator blinks and no buzzer sounds. H

JSOIA0258GB

BLIND SPOT WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION DESCRIPTION M

• ADAS control unit enables BSW system.
• The ADAS control unit turns on the BSW system when it is turned ON by the integral switch.
• Side radar detects a vehicle in the adjacent lane and transmits the vehicle detection signal to ADAS control N
unit via ITS communication.
• ADAS control unit starts the control as follows, based on a vehicle detection signal, turn signal and dimmer
signal transmitted from BCM via CAN communication:
- Blind Spot Warning indicator signal and Blind Spot Warning indicator dimmer signal transmission to side DAS
radar.
• Side radar transmits an indicator operation signal to the Blind Spot Warning indicator according to Blind Spot
Warning indicator signal and Blind Spot Warning indicator dimmer signal. P
OPERATING CONDITION
• Blind Spot Warning system display (white): ON
• Vehicle speed: Approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h) or more
NOTE:
ON/OFF of Blind Spot Warning system is performed with the integral switch.
• After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed reaches
approximately 18 MPH (29 km/h).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-91 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
• The Blind Spot Warning system may not function properly, depending on the situation. Refer to DAS-82,
"Blind Spot Warning System Service".
RCTA
RCTA : System Description INFOID:0000000011953139

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

ALOIA0295GB

ADAS CONTROL UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Input Signal Item

Transmit unit Signal name Description

CAN communi- Current gear position signal Receives a current gear position.
TCM
cation Shift selector position signal Receives a shift selector position.
ABS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of ABS.
ABS actuator
CAN communi-
and electric unit VDC malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of VDC.
cation
(control unit)
Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels.
Combination CAN communi- Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver Aids”
System selection signal
meter cation selected with the integral switch.
Side radar LH, ITS communica-
Vehicle detection signal Receives vehicle detection condition of detection zone.
RH tion

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name Description

Transmits a BSW indicator signal to turn ON the BSW in-
Combination CAN communi- BSW indicator signal
dicator on the combination meter.
meter cation
Buzzer output signal Transmits a buzzer output signal to activate the buzzer.
Transmits a Blind Spot Warning indicator signal to turn ON
Blind Spot Warning indicator signal
the Blind Spot Warning indicator.
Side radar LH, ITS communica- Blind Spot Warning indicator dimmer Transmits a Blind Spot Warning indicator dimmer signal to
RH tion signal dim Blind Spot Warning indicator.
Transmits a vehicle speed calculated by the ADAS control
Vehicle speed signal
unit.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
• The Rear Cross Traffic Alert system can help alert the driver of approaching vehicles when the driver is
backing out of a parking space.
• The RCTA system uses side radars installed near the rear bumper to detect approaching vehicles.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-92 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

• The RCTA system operates at speeds below 5 MPH (8 km/h) A

whenever the vehicle is in reverse.
• The side radar can detect vehicles on either side of vehicle within
the detection zone shown as illustrated.
• The radar sensors detect the approaching vehicle from up to B
approximately 66 ft (20 m) away.

JSOIA0977ZZ
D

• If the radar detects a vehicle approaching from the side, the system gives visual and audible warning.
E

I
ALOIA0296ZZ

• If the side radar detects an approaching vehicle from the side, the RCTA system sounds a beep (single
J
beep) and the Blind Spot Warning indicator on the side of the approaching vehicle flashes.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT SYSTEM OPERATION DESCRIPTION

K
• ADAS control unit enables Rear Cross Traffic Alert system
• The ADAS control unit turns ON the RCTA system when the BSW system is turned ON by the integral
switch.
• ADAS control unit starts the control as follows, based on a reverse gear signal and vehicle detection signal. L
• Side radar detects a vehicle approaching and transmits the vehicle detection signal to ADAS control unit via
ITS communication.
Operation Condition of Rear Cross Traffic Alert System M
ADAS control unit performs the control when the following conditions are satisfied:
• BSW system: ON (Selected by integral switch)
• When the vehicle is moving in reverse at 5 MPH (8 km/h) or less N
Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) INFOID:0000000011953140

If a malfunction occurs in each system, ADAS control unit cancels each control, sounds a beep, and turns ON DAS
the warning or indicator lamp.

Warning lamp/Warning dis-

System Buzzer Description P
play
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) High-pitched tone ICC system warning Cancel
FEB warning lamp
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow)
FEB warning lamp
Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow)

Revision: October 2015 DAS-93 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Warning lamp/Warning dis-
System Buzzer Description
play
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) Low-pitched tone BSW system warning Cancel
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) — BSW system warning Cancel

Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011953141

If a malfunction occurs in the ICC sensor, ADAS control unit cancels control, sounds a beep, and turns ON the
ICC system warning lamp in the combination meter.
Fail-safe (Side Radar) INFOID:0000000011953142

FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If a malfunction occurs in the side radar, ADAS control unit cancels control and turns ON the Blind Spot Warn-
ing indicator (orange) on the combination meter.
TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT BLOCKAGE
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily canceled. Then the buzzer sounds and the Blind
Spot Warning indicator (orange) is turned ON in the combination meter. Also, under the following conditions,
the operation may be temporarily canceled:
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily canceled. Then the buzzer sounds and the Blind
Spot Warning indicator (orange) is turned ON in the combination meter. Also, under the following conditions,
the operation may be temporarily canceled.
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-94 2016 Maxima NAM

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
OPERATION
A
PFCW/FEB, BSW/RCTA
PFCW/FEB, BSW/RCTA : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000011953143
B

E
ALOIA0311GB

No. Switch name Description F

The setting of BSW/RCTA system can be switched between ON and OFF on the com-
bination meter information display.
BSW/RCTA system setting screen
1. NOTE:
(Integral switch settings screen) G
When the Blind Spot Warning system is turned ON or OFF, the Rear Cross Traffic Alert
system is turned ON or OFF simultaneously.
The setting of PFCW/FEB system can be switched between ON and OFF on the com-
bination meter information display. H
PFCW/FEB system setting screen
2. NOTE:
(Integral switch settings screen)
When the Forward Emergency Braking system is turned ON or OFF, the Predictive For-
ward Collision Warning system is turned ON or OFF simultaneously.
I

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-95 2016 Maxima NAM

 HANDLING PRECAUTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Precautions for Predictive Forward Collision Warning INFOID:0000000011953144

• The Predictive Forward Collision Warning system is designed to warn the driver before a collision, but will
not avoid a collision. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at
all times.
• The radar sensor does not detect the following objects:
- Pedestrians, animals, or obstacles in the roadway.
- Oncoming vehicles.
- Crossing vehicles.
• The Predictive Forward Collision Warning system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehi-
cle, such as a motorcycle.
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
- Snow or heavy rain.
- Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor.
- Interference by other radar sources.
- Snow or road spray from traveling vehicles is splashed.
- Driving in a tunnel.
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle when the vehicle ahead is being towed.
• When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle when driving on a steep downhill slope or on roads with
sharp curves.
• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning tone sound, and it may not be heard.
Precautions for Blind Spot Warning INFOID:0000000011953145

SIDE RADAR HANDLING

• Side radar for Blind Spot Warning system is located inside the rear bumper.
• Always keep the rear bumper near the side radar clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material), install an accessory or paint near the side radar.
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the side radar.
• Do not strike, damage, and scratch the side radar, especially the vent seal (gray circular) area, under repair.
BLIND SPOT WARNING
• The Blind Spot Warning system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to pre-
vent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn
and look in the direction the vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the
Blind Spot Warning system.
• The Blind Spot Warning system may not provide the warning for vehicles that pass through the detection
zone quickly.
• Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime
sound, and it may not be heard.
• The side radar may not be able to detect and activate Blind Spot Warning when certain objects are present
such as:
- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
- Several types of vehicles such as motorcycles.
- Oncoming vehicles.
- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when driver accelerates from a stop.
- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as vehicle.
- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
- A vehicle which own vehicle overtakes rapidly.
• Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
• The side radar detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the
side radar may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the side radar may
detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
• The side radar is designed to ignore most stationary objects: however, objects such as guardrails, walls, foli-
age and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operating condition.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-96 2016 Maxima NAM

 HANDLING PRECAUTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Precautions for Rear Cross Traffic Alert INFOID:0000000011953146

A
SIDE RADAR HANDLING
• Side radar for Rear Cross Traffic Alert system is located inside the rear bumper.
• Always keep the rear bumper near the side radar clean. B
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material), install an accessory or paint near the side radar.
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the side radar.
• Do not strike, damage, and scratch the side radar, especially the vent seal (gray circular) area, under repair. C
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
• Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors
detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as: D
- Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child operated toy vehicles.
- A vehicle that passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 mph (30 km/h).
- A vehicle that passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
• The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations: E
- When the vehicle that is parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor.
- When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.
- When the vehicle is parked on an incline. F
- When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle’s parking lot isle.
- When the angle formed by your vehicle is too small.
• The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
- Severe weather G
- Road spray
- Ice build-up on the vehicle
- Frost on the vehicle H
- Dirt build-up on the vehicle
• Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the
radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
I
• Do not use RCTA system when towing a trailer.
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and
it may not be heard.
J

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-97 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
CONSULT Function (ICC/ADAS) INFOID:0000000011953147

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication using ADAS control unit:

Diagnosis mode Description

• The vehicle specification that is written in ADAS control unit can be displayed or stored.
Configuration
• The vehicle specification can be written when ADAS control unit is replaced.
Work support Displays causes of automatic system cancellation that occurred during system control.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the name of a malfunctioning system stored in the ADAS control unit.
Data Monitor Displays ADAS control unit input/output data in real time.
Enables an operational check of a load by transmitting a driving signal from the ADAS control unit to the
Active Test
load.
ECU Identification Displays ADAS control unit part number.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Displays a reception/transmission state of CAN communication and ITS communication.

CONFIGURATION
Configuration includes functions as follows:

Function Description
Allows the reading of vehicle specification written in ADAS control
Before Replace ECU
unit to store the specification in CONSULT.
Read/Write Configuration
Allows the writing of the vehicle information stored in CONSULT
After Replace ECU
into the ADAS control unit.
Allows the writing of the vehicle specification into the ADAS control
Manual Configuration
unit by hand.

WORK SUPPORT

Work support items Description

Displays causes of automatic system cancellation that occurred during control of the Intelligent
CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL 5
Cruise Control (ICC).
NOTE:
• Causes of the maximum five cancellations (system cancel) are displayed.
• The displayed cancellation causes display the number of the ignition switch ON/OFF up to 254. It is fixed to
254 if it is over 254. It returns to 0 when the same cancellation cause is detected again.
Display Items for the Cause of Automatic Cancellation 1
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

Cause of cancellation Description

CAN COMM ERROR × ADAS control unit received an abnormal signal with CAN communication.
NO RECORD × —

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to DAS-25, "DTC Index".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-98 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
NOTE:
• The details of time display are as per the following: A
- CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.
- PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.
• ODO/TRIP METER (Mileage) and VOLTAGE (IGN voltage) are displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame Data).
B
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable C
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

MAIN SW E
× × × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
SET/COAST SW
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off] F
CANCEL SW
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
RESUME/ACC SW G
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
DISTANCE SW
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
[On/Off]
H
CRUISE OPE
× × Indicates whether controlling or not (ON means “controlling”).
[On/Off]
BRAKE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC brake switch signal (ECM trans- I
× × ×
[On/Off] mits ICC brake switch signal through CAN communication).
STOP LAMP SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from stop lamp switch signal (ECM trans-
× × ×
[On/Off] mits stop lamp switch signal through CAN communication).
J
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of idle switch read from ADAS control unit through
IDLE SW
× CAN communication (ECM transmits ON/OFF status through CAN communica-
[On/Off]
tion).
K
SET DISTANCE
× × Indicates set distance memorized in ADAS control unit.
[Short/Mid/Long]
CRUISE LAMP
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of MAIN switch indicator output. L
[On/Off]
OWN VHCL NOTE:
×
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
VHCL AHEAD
M
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of vehicle ahead detection indicator output.
[On/Off]
ICC WARNING
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of ICC system warning lamp output. N
[On/Off]
Indicates vehicle speed calculated from ADAS control unit through CAN com-
VHCL SPEED SE
× × × munication [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits vehicle speed
[km/h] or [mph]
signal (wheel speed) through CAN communication]. DAS
SET VHCL SPD
× × Indicates set vehicle speed memorized in ADAS control unit.
[km/h] or [mph]
BUZZER O/P
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of ICC warning chime output.
P
[On/Off]
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
× ×
[deg] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
ENGINE RPM Indicates engine speed read from ADAS control unit through CAN communica-
×
[rpm] tion (ECM transmits engine speed signal through CAN communication).
WIPER SW Indicates wiper [OFF/LOW/HIGH] status (BCM transmits front wiper request sig-
×
[OFF/LOW/HIGH] nal through CAN communication).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-99 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

YAW RATE NOTE:

×
[deg/s] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
BA WARNING
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of FEB indicator lamp output.
[On/Off]
STP LMP DRIVE
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of ICC brake hold relay drive output.
[On/Off]
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of “D” or “M” positions read from ADAS control unit
D POSITION SW
× through CAN communication; ON when position “D” or “M” (TCM transmits shift
[On/Off]
selector position signal through CAN communication).
Indicates shift selector position signal read from ADAS control unit through CAN
NP RANGE SW
× communication (TCM transmits shift selector position signal through CAN com-
[On/Off]
munication).
Parking brake switch status [ON/OFF] judged from the parking brake switch sig-
PKB SW nal that ADAS control unit receives via CAN communication is displayed (com-
×
[On/Off] bination meter transmits the parking brake switch signal via CAN
communication).
PWR SUP MONI
× × Indicates ignition voltage input monitored by ADAS control unit.
[V]
Indicates vehicle speed calculated from CVT vehicle speed sensor read from
VHCL SPD AT
× ADAS control unit through CAN communication (TCM transmits CVT vehicle
[km/h] or [mph]
speed sensor signal through CAN communication).
Indicates throttle position read from ADAS control unit through CAN communi-
THRTL OPENING
× × cation (ECM transmits accelerator pedal position signal through CAN communi-
[%]
cation).
Indicates CVT gear position read from ADAS control unit through CAN commu-
GEAR
× nication (TCM transmits current gear position signal through CAN communica-
[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
tion).
CLUTCH SW SIG Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from clutch pedal position signal (ECM
× × ×
[On/Off] transmits ICC clutch switch signal through CAN communication).
Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from park/neutral position switch signal
NP SW SIG
× (ECM transmits park/neutral position switch signal through CAN communica-
[On/Off]
tion).
MODE SIG Indicates the active mode from ICC or ASCD [conventional (fixed speed) cruise
×
[OFF, ICC, ASCD] control mode].
SET DISP IND
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of SET switch indicator output.
[On/Off]
DISTANCE
× Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead.
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
× Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead.
[m/s]
ON ROOT GUIDANCE NOTE:
×
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
DYNA ASIST SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM
× × ×
[On/Off] transmits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication).
IBA SW NOTE:
× ×
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
NAVI ICC DISP NOTE:
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
Indicates shift selector position read from ADAS control unit through CAN com-
Shift position
× munication (TCM transmits shift selector position signal through CAN communi-
[Off, P, R, N, D, M/T1 - 7]
cation).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-100 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
A

(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

Indicates turn signal operation status read from ADAS control unit through CAN B
Turn signal
× communication (BCM transmits turn indicator signal through CAN communica-
[OFF/LH/RH/LH&RH]
tion).
Indicates lateral G acting on the vehicle. This lateral G is judged from a side G
SIDE G sensor signal read by ADAS control unit via CAN communication.
C
×
[G] (The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits a side G sensor sig-
nal via CAN communication).
Indicates system which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance” D
FUNC ITEM (FCW)
× × × ⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral switch:
[On/Off]
Forward Emergency Braking.
Indicates system which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance” E
FUNC ITEM (BSW)
× × × ⇒“Blind Spot” of the integral switch:
[On/Off]
Blind Spot Warning.
FUNC ITEM (NV-ICC) NOTE:
[Off]
× × ×
The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
F

Indicates an ON/OFF state of the PFCW system. The PFCW system can be set
FCW SELECT
× × × to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral
[On/Off] G
switch.
BSW SELECT Indicates an ON/OFF state of the BSW system. The BSW system can be set to
× × ×
[On/Off] ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”⇒“Blind Spot” of the integral switch.
NAVI ICC SELECT NOTE:
H
× × ×
[Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.
SYS SELECTABILITY Indicates the availability of ON/OFF switching for “Driving Aids” items received
× × ×
[On/Off] from the integral switch via CAN communication. I
BSW/BSI WARN LMP
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of Blind Spot Warning malfunction.
[On/Off]
BSW SYSTEM ON J
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of BSW system.
[On/Off]
FCW SYSTEM ON
× × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of PFCW system.
[On/Off] K
BATTERY CIRCUIT
NOTE:
OFF ×
The item is displayed, but it is not used.
[On/Off] L
SYSTEM CANCEL
MESSAGE
× × × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of system cancel display output.
[NOREQ/SLIP/VDC
OFF] M
BSW ON INDICATOR
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of BSW system ON display output.
[On/Off]
SIDE RADAR BLOCK
N
COND × Indicates [ON/OFF] status of side radar with dirt or foreign materials.
[On/Off]
BSW IND BRIGHT- DAS
NESS
× Indicates status of brightness of Blind Spot Warning indicator.
[Nothing/Bright/Normal/
Dark]
P
SL MAIN SW
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from steering switch.
[On/Off]
Indicates system which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”
FUNC ITEM(FEB)
× ⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral switch:
[On/Off]
Forward Emergency Braking

Revision: October 2015 DAS-101 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

MAIN SIG

MAIN SIG
ALL SIG

(BSW)
(ICC)

(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]

Indicates an ON/OFF state of the FEB system. The FEB system can be set to
FEB SELECT
× ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”⇒“Emergency Brake” of the integral
[On/Off]
switch.
FEB SW
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of FEB system.
[On/Off]
SL TARGET VEHICLE
SPEED × Indicates set vehicle speed memorized in ADAS control unit.
[km/h] or [mph]
SL SET LAMP
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of speed limiter SET display output.
[On/Off]
SL LIMIT LAMP
× Indicates [ON/OFF] status of speed limiter MAIN switch display output.
[On/Off]
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
ASCD CANCEL (LOW
• NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed.
SPEED) ×
• CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low, and ASCD operation is cut
[NON/CUT]
off.
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
ASCD CANCEL
• NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed.
(SPEED DIFF) ×
• CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD
[NON/CUT]
set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
Displays Kick down state.
KICK DOWN
× • On: Accelerator pedal is depressed.
[On/Off]
• Off: Accelerator pedal is fully released.

ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Never perform “Active Test” while driving the vehicle.
• The “Active Test” cannot be performed when the following systems malfunction is displayed.
- ICC system
- Blind Spot Warning/RCTA
- PFCW/FEB
• The “Active Test” cannot be performed when the FEB warning lamp is illuminated.
• The “Active Test” cannot be performed when the ICC System is ON.

Test item Description

METER LAMP The FEB warning lamp can be illuminated by ON/OFF operation as necessary.
The ICC brake hold relay can be operated by ON/OFF operation as necessary, and the stop lamp
STOP LAMP
can be illuminated.
METER BUZZER Sounds a buzzer used for BSW, RCTA, ICC, PFCW and FEB by arbitrarily operating ON/OFF.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1
BRAKE ACTUATOR 2 Activates the brake by an arbitrary operation.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3

METER LAMP
NOTE:
The test can be performed only when the engine is running.

Test item Operation Description FEB warning lamp

Off Stops sending the FEB warning lamp signal to exit from the test. OFF
METER LAMP Transmits the FEB warning lamp signal to the combination meter via CAN communi-
On ON
cation.

STOP LAMP

Revision: October 2015 DAS-102 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

Test item Operation Description Stop lamp A

Off Stops transmitting the ICC brake hold relay drive signal to end the test. OFF
STOP LAMP
On Transmits the ICC brake hold relay drive signal. ON
B
METER BUZZER

Test item Operation Description Operation sound

C
Off Stops buzzer output to the combination meter via CAN communication. —
METER BUZZER
On Starts buzzer output to the combination meter via CAN communication. —
D
BRAKE ACTUATOR
NOTE:
The test can be performed only when the engine is running.
E
Test item Operation Description “PRESS ORDER” value
Stops transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
Off —
to end the test. F
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1
Starts transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
On 10 bar
to start the test.
Stops transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal G
Off —
to end the test.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 2
Starts transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
On 20 bar
to start the test. H
Stops transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
Off —
to end the test.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3
Starts transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal I
On 30 bar
to start the test.
NOTE:
The test is finished 10 seconds after starting. J

AWOIA0119GB M
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Displays ADAS control unit part number.
N

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-103 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR)
CONSULT Function (LASER/RADAR) INFOID:0000000012386692

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with ADAS control unit and the communi-
cation with ICC sensor.

Diagnosis mode Description

Self Diagnostic Result Displays malfunctioning system memorized in ICC sensor
Data Monitor Displays real-time input/output data of ICC sensor
It can monitor the adjustment direction indication in order to perform the radar adjustment operation
Work support
smoothly
ECU Identification Displays ICC sensor part number
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of ITS communication can be read.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to DAS-123, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR

Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
Vehicle speed judged from a vehicle speed signal read by the ICC sensor via ITS communica-
VHCL SPEED SE tion is displayed [ADAS control unit receives a vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and
[km/h] or [mph] electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication and transmits the calculated vehicle speed
to ICC sensor via ITS communication].
Indicates yaw rate read from ADAS control unit through ITS communication [ADAS control unit
receives yaw rate signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communi-
cation and transmits yaw rate calculated by the ADAS control unit]
YAW RATE
Yaw rate judged from a yaw rate signal read by ICC sensor via ITS communication is displayed
[deg/s]
[ADAS control unit receives a yaw rate signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication and transmits the calculated yaw rate to ICC sensor via ITS commu-
nication].
PWR SUP MONI
Indicates IGN voltage input by ICC sensor
[V]
DISTANCE
Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead
[m/s]
LASER OFFSET NOTE:
[m] The item is indicated but not used.
LASER HEIGHT NOTE:
[m] The item is indicated but not used.
STEERING ANGLE
The steering angle is displayed.
[deg]
STRG ANGLE SPEED
The steering angle speed is displayed.
[deg/s]
L/R ADJUST
Indicates a horizontal correction value of the radar
[deg]
U/D ADJUST
Indicates a vertical correction value of the radar
[deg]
NOTE:
FCW SYSTEM ON
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
FCW SELECT
The item is indicated, but not used.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-104 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitored item
Description
[Unit] A
NOTE:
PFCW SELECT
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE: B
PFCW SYSTEM ON
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
FEB SW
The item is indicated, but not used. C
FEB SELECT Indicates [ON/OFF] state of the PFCW system.
MAIN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
D
NOTE:
ICC/ASCD MODE
The item is indicated, but not used.
SET/COAST SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
E
CANCEL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
RESUME/ACC SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch.
DISTANCE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from ICC steering switch. F
Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from brake pedal position switch signal [ECM transmits
BRAKE SW
brake pedal position switch signal through CAN communication].
Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from stop lamp switch signal [ABS actuator and electric G
STOP LAMP SW
unit (control unit) transmits stop lamp switch signal through CAN communication].
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of idle switch read from ICC sensor through CAN communication
IDLE SW
(ECM transmits ON/OFF status through CAN communication. H
CRUISE LAMP Indicates [ON/OFF] status of MAIN switch indicator output.
NOTE:
OWN VHCL
The item is indicated, but not used. I
VHCL AHEAD Indicates [ON/OFF] status of vehicle ahead detection indicator output.
SET DISTANCE Indicates set distance memorized in ADAS control unit.
J
SET VHCL SPD NOTE:
[km/h] or [mph] The item is indicated, but not used.
THRTL SENSOR Indicates throttle position read from ISS sensor through CAN communication
[%] (ECM transmits accelerator pedal position signal through CAN communication). K
VEHICLE AHEAD DETECT Indicates [ON/OFF] status of vehicle ahead detection indicator output.
STATIC OBSTACLE DETECT Indicates [ON/OFF] status of static obstacle detection.
L
[ON/OFF]
BUZZER O/P
Indicates [On/Off] status of warning chime output.
NOTE:
FUNC ITEM (FCW) M
The item is indicated, but not used.
FUNC ITEM (PFCW) Indicates systems status
FUNC ITEM (FEB) Indicates systems status N
FUNC ITEM (ICC) Indicates systems status
PRESS_ORDER Indicates status as judged from brake fluid pressure signal [ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
[bar] trol unit) transmits brake fluid pressure signal through CAN communication]. DAS
Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from D position switch signal (TCM transmits shift position
D RANGE SW
signal through CAN communication).
Indicates [ON/OFF] status as judged from N/P position switch signal (TCM transmits shift po- P
NP RANGE SW
sition signal through CAN communication).
Parking brake switch status [ON/OFF] judges from the parking brake switch signal that ADAS
PKB SW control unit readout via CAN communication is displayed (combination meter transmits the
parking brake switch signal via CAN communication)
NOTE:
VHCL SPD AT
The item is indicated, but not used.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-105 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
Indicates shift position read from ADAS control unit though CAN communication
Shift position
(TCM transmits shift position signal through CAN communication).
NOTE:
Turn signal
The item is indicated, but not used.
SYSTEM CANCEL MESSAGE Indicates [ON/OFF] status of system cancel display output.
DISP VHCL SPD NOTE:
[km/h] or [mph] The item is indicated, but not used.
Indicates vehicle speed unit read from ICC sensor through CAN communication
VHCL SPD UNIT
(combination meter transmits vehicle speed unit through CAN communications).
NOTE:
ADAS AVAILABLE COND
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
ICC SET STATUS
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
ICC MALF
The item is indicated, but not used.
ADAS MALF Indicates [ON/OFF] status of ADAS malfunction.
STOP LAMP RELAY ON Indicates [ON/OFF] status of stop lamp relay fixed on.
STOP LAMP RELAY OFF Indicates [ON/OFF] status of stop lamp relay fixed off.
ACCEL COM VALUE 1
Indicates accel command calculated from set speed and information of ahead vehicle.
[m/s2]
ICC STATUS Indicates ICC status.
NOTE:
ACCEL COM VALUE 2
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
MILEAGE
The item is indicated, but not used.

WORK SUPPORT

Work support items Description

Outputs millimeter waves, calculates the displacement in radar direction, and indicates an ad-
MILLIWAVE RADAR ADJUST
justment direction
CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL Displays causes of automatic cancellation occurred during Intelligent Cruise Control system.

ICC sensor Adjust

Refer to CCS-59, "Description".
ECU IDENTIFICATION
ICC sensor part number is displayed.
CAUSE OF AUTO CANCEL

Work support items Description

OPERATING ABS ABS function was operated.
OPERATING TCS TCS function was operated.
OPERATING VDC VDC function was operated.
ECM CIRCUIT ECM did not permit ICC operation.
OP SW VOLT CIRC The ICC steering switch input voltage is not within standard range.
OP SW DOUBLE TOUCH The ICC steering switches were pressed at the same time.
VHCL SPD DOWN Vehicle speed is lower than 24 km/h (15 mph).
WHL SPD ELEC NOISE Wheel speed sensor signal caught electromagnetic noise.
VDC/TCS OFF SW VDC OFF switch was pressed.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-106 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Work support items Description
A
VHCL SPD UNMATCH Wheel speed became different from A/T vehicle speed.
TIRE SLIP Wheel slipped.
IGN LOW VOLT Decrease in ICC sensor ignition voltage. B
PARKING BRAKE ON The parking brake is operating.
WHEEL SPD UNMATCH The wheel speed of all four wheels are out of the specified values.
a vehicle ahead is not detected during the following driving when the vehicle speed is approxi- C
INCHING LOST
mately 24 km/h (15mph) or less.
CAN COMM ERROR ICC sensor received an abnormal signal with CAN communication.
D
ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC An abnormal condition occurs in VDC/TCS/ABS system.
ECD CIRCUIT An abnormal condition occurs in ECD system.
ASCD VHCL SPD DTAC Vehicle speed is detached from the set vehicle speed. E
ASCD DOUBLE COMD Cancel switch and operation switch are detected simultaneously.
FEB OPERATED FEB activated.
VHL AHAD LOST (CLSE F
A vehicle ahead lost close range.
RANGE)
NO RECORD —
G

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-107 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR LH)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR LH)
CONSULT Function (SIDE RADAR LEFT) INFOID:0000000011953149

DESCRIPTION
CONSULT performs the following functions by communicating with the side radar LH.

Diagnosis mode Function

Self Diagnostic Result Displays memorized DTC in the side radar.
Data Monitor Displays real-time data of side radar.
Active Test Enables operation check of electrical loads by sending driving signal to them.
ECU Identification Displays part number of side radar.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Self Diagnostic Result
Displays memorized DTC in side radar LH. Refer to DAS-127, "DTC Index".
FFD (Freeze Frame Data)
The side radar records the following data when the malfunction is detected.

Freeze Frame Data item Description

VHCL SP from ADAS The vehicle speed (from ADAS control unit) at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
TURN SIG STATUS Turn signal status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
BSW/CTA WARN STATUS
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of vehicle detection
[On/Off]
CTA SYSTEM ON
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of Rear Cross Traffic Alert system
[On/Off]
BSW STATUS
Indicates [ON/OFF] status of Blind Spot Warning system
[On/Off]
VHCL SPD SE
Indicates vehicle speed [km/h]
[km/h]
TURN SIGNAL
Indicates the [LH/RH/OFF] operation of the signal
[LH/RH/Off]
SHIFT POSITION
Indicates position of transmission range switch
[P/R/N/D]
LUMINANCE (LEFT)
Indicates the left side luminance level of the radar
[Hi/Lo]
LUMINANCE (RIGHT)
Indicates the right side luminance level of the radar
[Hi/Lo]

ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Never perform the active test while driving.
• Active test cannot be started while the BSW indicator is illuminated.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-108 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR LH)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

Active test item Operation Description A

BSW/BSI INDICATOR On Outputs the voltage to illuminate the BSW/RCTA indicator
DRIVE Off Stops the voltage to illuminate the BSW/RCTA indicator
B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-109 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR RH)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR RH)
CONSULT Function (SIDE RADAR RIGHT) INFOID:0000000011953150

DESCRIPTION
CONSULT performs the following functions by communicating with the side radar RH.

Diagnosis mode Function

Self Diagnostic Result Displays memorized DTC in the side radar.
Data Monitor Displays real-time data of side radar.
Active Test Enables operation check of electrical loads by sending driving signal to them.
ECU Identification Displays part number of side radar.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Self Diagnostic Result
Displays memorized DTC in side radar RH. Refer to DAS-129, "DTC Index".
FFD (Freeze Frame Data)
The side radar records the following data when the malfunction is detected.

Freeze Frame Data item Description

VHCL SP from ADAS The vehicle speed (from ADAS control unit) at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
TURN SIG STATUS Turn signal status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
BSW/CTA WARN STATUS
Indicates [On/Off] status of vehicle detection
[On/Off]
CTA SYSTEM ON
Indicates [On/Off] status of Rear Cross Traffic Alert system
[On/Off]
BSW STATUS
Indicates [On/Off] status of Blind Spot Warning system
[On/Off]
VHCL SPD SE
Indicates vehicle speed [km/h]
[km/h]
TURN SIGNAL
Indicates the [LH/RH/OFF] operation of the turn signal
[LH/RH/Off]
SHIFT POSITION
Indicates position of transmission range switch
[P/R/N/D]
LUMINANCE (LEFT)
Indicates the left side luminance level of the radar
[Hi/Lo]
LUMINANCE (RIGHT)
Indicates the right side luminance level of the radar
[Hi/Lo]

ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Never perform the active test while driving.
• Active test cannot be started while the BSW indicator is illuminated.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-110 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR RH)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

Active test item Operation Description A

BSW/BSI INDICATOR On Outputs the voltage to illuminate the BSW indicator
DRIVE Off Stops the voltage to illuminate the BSW indicator
B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-111 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000011953151

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Value/Status

When MAIN (ON/OFF) switch is pressed. On
MAIN SW Ignition switch ON
When MAIN (ON/OFF) switch is not pressed. Off
When SET/COAST switch is pressed. On
SET/COAST SW Ignition switch ON
When SET/COAST switch is not pressed. Off
When CANCEL switch is pressed. On
CANCEL SW Ignition switch ON
When CANCEL switch is not pressed. Off
When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed. On
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch ON
When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is not pressed. Off
When DISTANCE switch is pressed. On
DISTANCE SW Ignition switch ON
When DISTANCE switch is not pressed. Off

Drive the vehicle and activate When ICC system is controlling. On

CRUISE OPE
the ICC system When ICC system is not controlling. Off
When brake or clutch pedal is depressed. Off
BRAKE SW Ignition switch ON
When brake or clutch pedal is not depressed. On
When brake pedal is depressed. On
STOP LAMP SW Ignition switch ON
When brake pedal is not depressed. Off
Idling On
IDLE SW Engine running
Except idling (depress accelerator pedal) Off
• Start the engine and turn the When set to “long” Long
ICC system ON
When set to “middle” Mid
SET DISTANCE • Press the DISTANCE
switch to change the ICC
When set to “short” Short
system
ICC system ON
On
Start the engine and press (MAIN switch indicator ON).
CRUISE LAMP
MAIN switch ICC system OFF
Off
(MAIN switch indicator OFF).
NOTE:
OWN VHCL Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored
When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead de-
On
Drive the vehicle and activate tection indicator ON).
VHCL AHEAD
the ICC system When a vehicle ahead is not detected (vehicle ahead
Off
detection indicator OFF).
When ICC system is malfunctioning
On
Start the engine and press (ICC system malfunction ON).
ICC WARNING
MAIN switch When ICC system is normal
Off
(ICC system malfunction OFF).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-112 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
A
Displays the ve-
hicle speed cal-
VHCL SPEED SE While driving culated by
ADAS control B
unit
Displays the set
SET VHCL SPD While driving When vehicle speed is set.
vehicle speed
C
When the buzzer of the following system operates:
• ICC system
On
• PFCW system
• FEB system D
BUZZER O/P Engine running When the buzzer of the following system does not oper-
ate:
• ICC system Off E
• PFCW system
• FEB system
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
0.0 F

Equivalent to ta-
ENGINE RPM Engine running chometer read-
ing G
Wiper not operating. Off
WIPER SW Ignition switch ON Wiper LO operation. Low
H
Wiper HI operation. High
NOTE:
YAW RATE 0.0
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
I
FEB OFF indicator lamp ON.
• When FEB system is malfunctioning. On
• When FEB system is turned to OFF.
BA WARNING Engine running J
FEB OFF indicator lamp OFF.
• When FEB system is normal. Off
• When FEB system is turned to ON.
When ICC brake hold relay is activated. On K
Drive the vehicle and activate
STP LMP DRIVE
the ICC system When ICC brake hold relay is not activated. Off
When the shift selector is in “D” position or manual L
On
mode.
D POSITION SW Engine running
When the shift selector is in any position other than “D”
Off
or manual mode.
M
When the shift selector is in “N” or “P” position. On
NP RANGE SW Engine running When the shift selector is in any position other than “N”
Off
or “P”.
N
When the parking brake is applied. On
PKB SW Ignition switch ON
When the parking brake is released. Off
Power supply DAS
voltage value of
PWR SUP MONI Engine running
ADAS control
unit
P
Value of CVT ve-
VHCL SPD AT While driving hicle speed sen-
sor signal
Displays the
THRTL OPENING Engine running Depress accelerator pedal.
throttle position
Displays the
GEAR While driving
gear position

Revision: October 2015 DAS-113 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
When clutch or brake pedal is depressed. On
CLUTCH SW SIG Ignition switch ON
When clutch or brake pedal is not depressed. Off
When the shift selector is in neutral position. On
NP SW SIG Ignition switch ON When the shift selector is in any position other than neu-
Off
tral.

Start the engine and press When ICC system is deactivated. Off
MODE SIG
MAIN switch When ICC system is activated. ICC
SET switch indicator ON. On
SET DISP IND Press SET/COAST switch
SET switch indicator OFF. Off
Displays the dis-
tance from the
Drive the vehicle and activate When a vehicle ahead is detected.
DISTANCE preceding vehi-
the ICC system cle
When a vehicle ahead is not detected. 0.0
Displays the rel-
Drive the vehicle and activate When a vehicle ahead is detected.
RELATIVE SPD ative speed.
the ICC system
When a vehicle ahead is not detected. 0.0
NOTE:
ON ROOT GUIDE Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
When the PFCW system is ON. On
FCW SYSTEM ON Ignition switch ON
When the PFCW system is OFF. Off
Displays the
• Engine running
Shift position shift selector po-
• While driving
sition
Turn signal lamps OFF. Off
Turn signal lamp LH blinking. LH
Turn signal
Turn signal lamp RH blinking. RH
Turn signal lamp LH and RH blinking. LH&RH
Vehicle turning right. Negative value
SIDE G While driving
Vehicle turning left. Positive value
FUNC ITEM Ignition switch ON FUNC3
FUNC ITEM (FCW) Engine running On
FUNC ITEM (BSW) Engine running On
NOTE:
FUNC ITEM (NV-ICC) Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
On
switch is ON.
FCW SELECT Ignition switch ON
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
Off
switch is OFF.
“Blind Spot Warning” set when the integral switch is ON. On
BSW SELECT Ignition switch ON “Blind Spot Warning” set when the integral switch is
Off
OFF.
NOTE:
NAVI ICC SELECT Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Items set with the integral switch can be switched nor-
On
mally.
SYS SELECTABILITY Ignition switch ON
Items set with the integral switch cannot be switched
Off
normally.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-114 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
A
When the BSW system is malfunctioning. On
BSW WARN LMP Engine running
When the BSW system is normal. Off
When the BSW system is ON. On B
BSW SYSTEM ON Ignition switch ON
When the BSW system is OFF. Off
When the FEB/PFCW system is ON. On
FCW SYSTEM ON Engine running
When the FEB/PFCW system is OFF. Off C
BATTERY CIRCUIT NOTE:
Off
OFF The item is indicated, but not used.
D
SYSTEM CANCEL System cancel display ON. On
Engine running
MESSAGE System cancel display OFF. Off
BSW system display ON. On E
BSW ON INDICATOR Engine running
BSW system display OFF. Off

SIDE RADAR BLOCK Front bumper or side radar is dirty. On

Engine running
COND Front bumper and side radar are clean. Off F
BSW system OFF. Nothing

BSW IND BRIGHT- Blind Spot Warning indicator brightness bright. Bright
Ignition switch ON G
NESS Blind Spot Warning indicator brightness normal. Normal
Blind Spot Warning indicator brightness dark. Dark
When speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed. On H
SL MAIN SW Engine running
When speed limiter MAIN switch is not pressed. Off
FUNC ITEM (FEB) Engine running On
I
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
On
switch is ON.
FEB SELECT Ignition switch ON
“Forward Emergency Braking” set when the integral
Off J
switch is OFF.
FEB system ON. On
FEB SW Engine running
FEB system OFF. Off K
SL TARGET VEHI- Displays the set
While driving When vehicle speed is set.
CLE SPEED vehicle speed
• Drive the vehicle and acti- Speed limiter SET indicator ON. On L
vate the speed limiter
SL SET LAMP
• Press speed limiter MAIN Speed limiter SET indicator OFF. Off
switch
M
• Drive the vehicle and acti- Speed limiter system ON. On
vate the speed limiter
SL LIMIT LAMP
• Press speed limiter MAIN Speed limiter system OFF. Off
switch N
ASCD CANCEL Drive the vehicle and activate ASCD canceled by low vehicle speed. On
(LOW SPEED) the ASCD Other than above. Off
ASCD canceled by difference between set speed and DAS
ASCD CANCEL Drive the vehicle and activate On
vehicle speed.
(SPEED DIFF) the ASCD
Other than above. Off
When accelerator pedal is fully depressed. On
P
Drive the vehicle and activate
KICK DOWN
the speed limiter Other than above. Off

Revision: October 2015 DAS-115 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES

JSOIA0705ZZ

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1
Ground Input 0V
(B) —
2
ITS communication high — —
(L) —
3
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
(BG)
5
ITS communication low — — —
(Y) Ground
9
CAN high — — —
(L)
10
CAN low — — —
(P)
Ignition
14
ICC brake hold relay drive signal Output switch — Battery voltage
(W)
ON

Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) INFOID:0000000011953152

If a malfunction occurs in each system, ADAS control unit cancels each control, sounds a beep, and turns ON
the warning or indicator lamp.

Warning lamp/Warning dis-

System Buzzer Description
play
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) High-pitched tone ICC system warning Cancel
FEB warning lamp
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow)
FEB warning lamp
Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) High-pitched tone Cancel
(Yellow)
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) Low-pitched tone BSW system warning Cancel
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) — BSW system warning Cancel

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011953153

If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec-
tion priority chart.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-116 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

Priority Detected items (DTC) A

• U1507: LOST COMM (SIDE RDR R)
1
• U1508: LOST COMM (SIDE RDR L)
• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT B
2
• U1321: CONFIGURATION
• C1A17: ICC SENSOR MALF
3 • C1B53: SIDE RDR R MALF C
• C1B54: SIDE RDR L MALF
• C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIR
• C1A02: POWER SUPPLY CIR 2
• C1A13: STOP LAMP RLY FIX D
• C1A14: ECM CIRCUIT
• C1A34: COMMAND ERROR
• U0121: VDC CAN CIR 2 E
• U0235: ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 1
4 • U0401: ECM CAN CIR 1
• U0402: TCM CAN CIR 1
• U0415: VDC CAN CIR 1 F
• U0433: ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 2
• U1503: SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2
• U1504: SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 1
• U1505: SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2 G
• U1506: SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 1
5 • C1A03: VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
6 • C1A00: CONTROL UNIT H

DTC Index INFOID:0000000011953154

Systems for fail-safe

• A: Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• B: Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) J
• C: Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• D: Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• E: Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
K
DTC Fail-safe
CONSULT display Reference
CONSULT System
NO DTC IS DE- L
TECTED. FUR-
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY
THER TESTING — —
BE REQUIRED
MAY BE RE-
QUIRED M
U1507 LOST COMM (SIDE RDR R) D, E DAS-76
U1508 LOST COMM (SIDE RDR L) D, E DAS-77
N
U1000NOTE CAN COMM CIRCUIT A, B, C, D, E DAS-65
U1321 CONFIGURATION A, B, C, D, E DAS-67
C1A17 ICC SENSOR MALF A, B, C DAS-51 DAS
C1B53 SIDE RDR R MALF D, E DAS-53
C1B54 SIDE RDR L MALF D, E DAS-54
P
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIR A, B, C, D, E DAS-40
C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 A, B, C, D, E DAS-40
C1A13 STOP LAMP RLY FIX A, B, C DAS-43
C1A14 ECM CIRCUIT A, B, C DAS-49
C1A34 COMMAND ERROR A, B, C DAS-52
U0121 VDC CAN CIR 2 A, B, C, D, E DAS-55

Revision: October 2015 DAS-117 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Systems for fail-safe
• A: Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• B: Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
• C: Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
• D: Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• E: Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC Fail-safe
CONSULT display Reference
CONSULT System
U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 1 A, C, D, E DAS-57
U0401 ECM CAN CIR 1 A, B, C, D, E DAS-58
U0402 TCM CAN CIR 1 A, B, C, D, E DAS-60
U0415 VDC CAN CIR 1 A, B, C, D, E DAS-62
U0433 ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 2 A, B, C DAS-64
U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2 D, E DAS-68
U1504 SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 1 D, E DAS-70
U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2 D, E DAS-72
U1506 SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 1 D, E DAS-74
C1A03 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC D, E DAS-41
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT A, B, C, D, E DAS-39
NOTE:
With the detection of “U1000” some systems do not perform the fail-safe operation.
A system controlling based on a signal received from the control unit performs fail-safe operation when the
communication with the ADAS control unit becomes inoperable.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-118 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
ICC SENSOR
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000012386693

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL B

Monitor item Condition Value/Status

Value of vehicle C
VHCL SPEED SE While driving speed signal
(wheel speed)
Vehicle stopped 0.0 D
YAW RATE While driving Vehicle turning right Positive value
Vehicle turning left Negative value
E
Power supply
PWR SUP MONI Ignition switch ON voltage value of
ICC sensor
Displays the F
distance from
Drive the vehicle and activate the When a vehicle ahead is detected
DISTANCE the preceding
ICC system. vehicle
G
When a vehicle ahead is not detected 0.0
Displays the rel-
Drive the vehicle and activate the When a vehicle ahead is detected
RELATIVE SPD ative speed
ICC system. H
When a vehicle ahead is not detected 0.0
NOTE:
LASER OFFSET —
The item is indicated but not used. I
NOTE:
LASER HEIGHT —
The item is indicated but not used.
When setting the steering wheel in straight-ahead po-
0.0 J
sition
STEERING ANGLE Ignition switch ON
When turning the steering wheel 90° rightward +90
When turning the steering wheel 90° leftward -90 K
Steering wheel
STRG ANGLE SPEED Ignition switch ON At the time of turning the steering wheel turning speed is
displayed L
Horizontal cor-
L/R ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of radar alignment adjustment rection value is
displayed
M
Vertical correc-
U/D ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of radar alignment adjustment tion value is dis-
played
N
NOTE:
FCW SYSTEM ON OFF
The item is indicated, but not used
NOTE:
FCW SELECT — – DAS
The item is indicated, but not used
NOTE:
PFCW SYSTEM ON OFF
The item is indicated, but not used
PFCW system set with the information display is ON ON P
PFCW SELECT Engine running
PFCW system set with the information display is OFF OFF
NOTE:
FEB SW — —
The item is indicated, but not used
PFCW system set with the information display is ON ON
FEB SELECT Engine running
PFCW system set with the information display is OFF OFF

Revision: October 2015 DAS-119 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
When MAIN switch is pressed On
MAIN SW Ignition switch ON
When MAIN switch is not pressed Off
On
ICC/ASCD MODE Engine running Intelligent Cruise Control System MAIN switch status
Off
When SET/COAST switch is pressed On
SET/COAST SW Ignition switch ON
When SET/COAST switch is not pressed Off
When CANCEL switch is pressed On
CANCEL SW Ignition switch ON
When CANCEL switch is not pressed Off
When RESUME/ACC SW switch is pressed On
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch ON
When RESUME/ACC SW switch is not pressed Off
When DISTANCE switch is pressed On
DISTANCE SW Ignition switch ON
When DISTANCE switch is not pressed Off
When brake pedal is depressed On
BRAKE SW Ignition switch ON
When brake pedal is not depressed Off
When brake pedal is depressed On
STOP LAMP SW Ignition switch ON
When brake pedal is not depressed Off
Idling On
IDLE SW Engine running
Except idling (depress accelerator pedal) Off
ICC system ON
On
Start the engine and press MAIN (MAIN switch indicator ON)
CRUISE LAMP
switch ICC system OFF
Off
(MAIN switch indicator OFF)
NOTE:
OWN VHCL — Off
The item is indicated, but not used.
When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead de-
On
Drive the vehicle and activate the tection indicator ON)
VHCL AHEAD
Intelligent Cruise Control System When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead de-
Off
tection indicator OFF)
• Start the engine and turn the ICC When set to “long” LONG
system ON
SET DISTANCE When set to “middle” MID
• Press the DISTANCE switch to
change the distance setting When set to “short” SHORT
NOTE:
SET VHCL SPD — —
The item is indicated, but not used.
THRT SENSOR Displays the
Engine running Depress accelerator pedal
[%] throttle position
VEHICLE AHEAD DE-
Engine running
TECT —
—
STATIC OBSTACLE Indicates [ON/Off] status of static
DETECT obstacle detection
When the buzzer of the following system operates:
• Intelligent Cruise Control System
On
• PFCW system
• FEB system
BUZZER O/P Engine running When the buzzer of the following system does not op-
erate:
• Intelligent Cruise Control System Off
• PFCW system
• FEB system

Revision: October 2015 DAS-120 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
A
FUNC ITEM (FCW) —
FUNC ITEM (PFCW)
Ignition switch ON —
FUNC ITEM (FEB) On B
FUNC ITEM (ICC)
PRESS_ORDER Engine running —
When the selector lever is in “D” position or manual C
On
mode
D RANGE SW Engine running
When the selector lever is in any other than “D” or
Off
manual mode D
Engine running When the selector lever is in “N”“P” On
NP RANGE SW
When the selector lever is in any other than “N”“P” Off
E
When the parking brake is applied On
PKB SW Ignition switch ON
When the parking brake is released Off
Value of A/T ve- F
VHCL SPD AT While driving — hicle speed
sensor signal
• Engine running
Displays the G
Shift position • While driving —
shift position

NOTE:
Turn signal — Off H
The item is indicated, but not used
System cancel display OFF NO REQ
SYSTEM CANCEL
Engine running System cancel reason is slippery road SLIP
MESSAGE I
System cancel reason is VDC OFF VDC OFF
DISP VHCL SPD UNIT
VHCL SPD UNIT Engine running Meter indicates km/h km/h J
Meter indicates mph mph
ADAS AVAILABLE
COND K
NOTE:
— —
ICC SET STATUS The item is indicated, but not used
ICC MALF
L
ADAS is malfunction On
ADAS MALF Engine running
ADAS is not malfunction Off

STOP LAMP RELAY Stop lamp relay is fixed on On M

Engine running
ON Stop lamp relay is not fixed on Off

STOP LAMP RELAY Stop lamp relay is fixed off On

OFF
Engine running N
Stop lamp relay is not fixed off Off
NOTE:
ICC CANCEL — —
The item is indicated, but not used
DAS
ICC sensor re-
ACCEL COM VALUE 1 quest accel
Engine running —
[m/s2] command to
ADAS controller P
Intelligent Cruise Control System Off Off
Intelligent Cruise Control System On ICC

ICC STATUS Engine running Intelligent Cruise Control System On and vehicle is
STOP1
stopped
Intelligent Cruise Control System On and Driver de-
ACCEL
pressed accelerator pedal

Revision: October 2015 DAS-121 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
ACCCEL COM VALUE NOTE:
—
2 The item is indicated, but not used
MILEAGE

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSOIA1678ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition Standard value
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1
— Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 - 0.1 V 0V
(GR)
2
ITS communication-H — — — —
(L)
—
3
ITS communication-L — — — —
(Y)
8
— Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 9.5 - 16 V Battery voltage
(BG)

Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012386694

If a malfunction occurs in the ICC sensor, ADAS control unit cancels control, sounds a beep, and turns ON the
ICC system warning lamp in the combination meter.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012386695

If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec-
tion priority chart.

Priority Detected items (DTC)

• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• C1A50: ADAS MALFUNCTION
2 • C1A0C: ADAS MSG COUNTER
• C1A0C: ADAS CRC ERROR

Revision: October 2015 DAS-122 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
A
• C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIR
• C1A02: POWER SUPPLY CIR 2
• C1A04: ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
• C1A05: BRAKE SW/STOP L SW B
• C1A06: OPERATION SW CIRC
• C1A07: CVT CIRCUIT
• C1A12: LASER BEAM OFFCNTR
• C1A13: STOP_LAMP_RLY_FIX C
• C1A14: ECM_CIRCUIT
• C1A16: RADAR STAIN
• C1A18: LASER AIMING INCMP
• C1A21: UNIT HIGH TEMP D
• C1A24: NP RANGE
3
• C1A26: ECD MODE MALF
• C1A27: ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRC
• C1A39: STRG SEN CIR
E
• C1B5D: FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT
• C10B7: YAW RATE SENSOR
• U0121: VDC CAN CIR2
F
• U153A: TCM CAN CIR 1
• U153B: TCM CAN CIR 2
• U153D: ECM CAN CIR 2
• U0126: STRG SEN CAN CIR1 G
• U0401: ECM CAN CIR 1
• U0415: VDC CAN CIR1
• U0428: STRG SEN CAN CIR2
H
4 • C1A03: VEHC_SPEED_SE_CIRC
5 • C1A15: GEAR POSITION
• C1A00: CONTROL UNIT I
6 • C1A17: ICC SENSOR MALF
• C1A0D: RADAR CAN CIR

DTC Index INFOID:0000000012386696 J

NOTE:
• The details of time display are as per the following. K
- 0: The malfunctions that are detected now
CAN communication system (U1000, U1010)
- 1 - 39: It increases like 0 → 1 → 2 ··· 38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever the ignition is
switched OFF → ON. It returns to 0 when a malfunction is detected again in the process. L
- If it is over 39, it is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased.
Other than CAN communication system (Other than U1000, U1010)
- 1 - 49: It increases like 0 → 1 → 2 ··· 48 → 49 after returning to the normal condition whenever the ignition is M
switched OFF → ON. It returns to 0 when a malfunction is detected again in the process.
- If it is over 49, it is fixed to 49 until the self-diagnosis results are erased.
N

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-123 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
×: Applicable
DTC Fail-safe function

Predictive Forward Collision Control

Forward Emergency Brake (FEB)

ICC system warning lamp

Intelligent Cruise Control

CONSULT display Reference
CONSULT

CCS-70, "DTC
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-117, "DTC
C1A0C ADAS CAN CIR 1 ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-118, "DTC
C1A0D RADAR CAN CIR ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-71, "DTC
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIR ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-71, "DTC
C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIR2 ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-72, "DTC
C1A03 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-74, "DTC
C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-75, "DTC
C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP L SW ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-79, "DTC
C1A06 OPERATION SW CIRC ON ×
Description"
CCS-114, "DTC
C1A07 CVT CIRCUIT ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-82, "DTC
C1A12 LASER BEAM OFFCNTR ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-83, "DTC
C1A13 STOP LAMP RLY FIX ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-85, "DTC
C1A14 ECM CIRCUIT ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-103, "DTC
C10B7 YAW RATE SENSOR ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-87, "DTC
C1A15 GEAR POSITION ON × × ×
Logic"
CCS-89, "DTC
C1A16 RADAR BLOCKED ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-91, "DTC
C1A17 ICC SENSOR MALF ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-92, "DTC
C1A18 LASER ALIGNMENT INCMPT ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-93, "DTC
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-94, "DTC
C1A24 NP RANGE ON × × ×
Description"

Revision: October 2015 DAS-124 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
DTC Fail-safe function
A

Predictive Forward Collision Control

Forward Emergency Brake (FEB)

ICC system warning lamp

Intelligent Cruise Control

B

CONSULT display Reference

CONSULT
C

CCS-96, "DTC
C1A26 ECD MODE MALF ON × × × E
Description"
CCS-98, "DTC
C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-100, "DTC F
C1A39 STRG SENS CIR ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-102, "DTC
C1A50 ADAS MALFUNCTION ON × × ×
Description" G
CCS-101, "DTC
C1B5D FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-103, "DTC H
C10B7 YAW RATE SENSOR ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-115, "DTC
U153A TCM CAN CIR 1 ON × × ×
Description" I
CCS-116, "DTC
U153B TCM CAN CIR 2 ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-116, "DTC J
U153D ECM CAN CIR 2 ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-104, "DTC
U0121 VDC CAN CIR2 ON × × ×
Description" K
CCS-106, "DTC
U0126 STRG SEN CAN CIR1 ON × × ×
Description"

U0401 ECM CAN CIR1 ON × × ×

CCS-107, "DTC L
Description"
CCS-108, "DTC
U0415 VDC CAN CIR1 ON × × ×
Description"
M
CCS-110, "DTC
U0428 STRG SEN CAN CIR2 ON × × ×
Description"
CCS-111, "DTC N
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON × × ×
Logic"
CCS-112, "DTC
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × × ×
Logic"
DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-125 2016 Maxima NAM

 SIDE RADAR LH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SIDE RADAR LH
Reference Value INFOID:0000000011953159

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

BSW/CTA WARN BSW system is normal. On

STATUS BSW system is malfunctioning. Off
CTA system is ON. On
CTA SYSTEM ON
CTA system is OFF. Off
BSW system is ON. Off
BSW STATUS
BSW system is OFF. On
VHCL SPD SE Indicates current vehicle speed km/h
Left/right turn signal is ON. On
TURN SIGNAL
Left/right turn signal is OFF. Off
SHIFT POSITION Shows the position of the transmission range switch P/R/N/D/L
LUMINANCE(LEFT) Shows radar left luminance level Hi/Lo
LUMINANCE (RIGHT) Shows radar right luminance level Hi/Lo

TERMINAL LAYOUT

AWOIA0102ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
4 Blind Spot Warning indica- Approx. 2 sec. after ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON
Ground Output 6V
(W) tor (bulb check)
5
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
(O)
6
— ITS communication high — — —
(L)
7
— ITS communication low — — —
(Y)
8
Ground Ground — — 0V
(B)

Revision: October 2015 DAS-126 2016 Maxima NAM

 SIDE RADAR LH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Fail-safe (Side Radar) INFOID:0000000011953160

A
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
B
If a malfunction occurs in the side radar, ADAS control unit cancels control and turns ON the Blind Spot Warn-
ing indicator (orange) on the combination meter.
TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT BLOCKAGE C
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily canceled. Then the buzzer sounds and the Blind
Spot Warning indicator (orange) is turned ON in the combination meter. Also, under the following conditions, D
the operation may be temporarily canceled:
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
E
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily canceled. Then the buzzer sounds and the Blind
Spot Warning indicator (orange) is turned ON in the combination meter. Also, under the following conditions, F
the operation may be temporarily canceled.
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
G
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011953161

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. H

Priority Detected items (DTC)

• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT I
1
• U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• U0104: ADAS CAN CIR 1
2 J
• U0405: ADAS CAN CIR 2
3 C1B50: SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION
• C1B51: BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR
4 • C1B52: BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR K
• C1B55: RADAR BLOCKAGE

DTC Index INFOID:0000000011953162

L
×: Applicable
Fail-safe
DTC Reference page M
Blind Spot Warning/Rear Cross Traffic Alert
C1B50 SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION × DAS-145
C1B51 BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR × DAS-146 N
C1B52 BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR × DAS-148
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE × DAS-150
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT × DAS-156
DAS
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) × DAS-159
U0104 ADAS CAN CIR1 × DAS-152
P
U0405 ADAS CAN CIR2 × DAS-154

Revision: October 2015 DAS-127 2016 Maxima NAM

 SIDE RADAR RH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SIDE RADAR RH
Reference Value INFOID:0000000011953163

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

BSW/CTA WARN BSW system is normal. On

STATUS BSW system is malfunctioning. Off
CTA system is ON. On
CTA SYSTEM ON
CTA system is OFF. Off
BSW system is ON. Off
BSW STATUS
BSW system is OFF. On
VHCL SPD SE Indicates current vehicle speed km/h
Left/right turn signal is ON. On
TURN SIGNAL
Left/right turn signal is OFF. Off
SHIFT POSITION Shows the position of the transmission range switch P/R/N/D
LUMINANCE(LEFT) Shows radar left luminance level Hi/Lo
LUMINANCE (RIGHT) Shows radar right luminance level Hi/Lo

TERMINAL LAYOUT

AWOIA0102ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
3
Ground Right/Left switching signal Input — 0V
(B)
4 Blind Spot Warning indica- Approx. 2 sec. after ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON
Ground Output 6V
(P) tor (bulb check)
5
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
(O)
6
— ITS communication high — — —
(L)
7
— ITS communication low — — —
(Y)
8
Ground Ground — — 0V
(B)

Revision: October 2015 DAS-128 2016 Maxima NAM

 SIDE RADAR RH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Fail-safe (Side Radar) INFOID:0000000011953164

A
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
B
If a malfunction occurs in the side radar, ADAS control unit cancels control and turns ON the Blind Spot Warn-
ing indicator (orange) on the combination meter.
TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT BLOCKAGE C
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily canceled. Then the buzzer sounds and the Blind
Spot Warning indicator (orange) is turned ON in the combination meter. Also, under the following conditions, D
the operation may be temporarily canceled:
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
E
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily canceled. Then the buzzer sounds and the Blind
Spot Warning indicator (orange) is turned ON in the combination meter. Also, under the following conditions, F
the operation may be temporarily canceled.
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
G
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011953165

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. H

Priority Detected items (DTC)

• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT I
1
• U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• U0104: ADAS CAN CIR 1
2 J
• U0405: ADAS CAN CIR 2
3 C1B50: SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION
• C1B51: BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR
4 • C1B52: BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR K
• C1B55: RADAR BLOCKAGE

DTC Index INFOID:0000000011953166

L
×: Applicable
Fail-safe
DTC Reference page M
Blind Spot Warning/Rear Cross Traffic Alert
C1B50 SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION × DAS-145
C1B51 BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR × DAS-146 N
C1B52 BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR × DAS-148
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE × DAS-150
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT × DAS-157
DAS
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) × DAS-160
U0104 ADAS CAN CIR1 × DAS-152
P
U0405 ADAS CAN CIR2 × DAS-154

Revision: October 2015 DAS-129 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011953167

AAOWA0105GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-130 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

DAS

AAOWA0106GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-131 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

AAOWA0107GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-132 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

DAS

AAOIA0363GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-133 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

AAOIA0364GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-134 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

DAS

AAOIA0365GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-135 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

AAOIA0366GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-136 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

DAS

AAOIA0367GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-137 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

AAOIA0368GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-138 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000011953168
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

DAS

P
JSOIA0485GB

DETAILED FLOW

1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION

It is important to clarify the customer’s concerns before starting the inspection. Interview the customer about
the concerns carefully and understand the symptoms fully.
Revision: October 2015 DAS-139 2016 Maxima NAM
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
NOTE:
The customers are not professionals. Never assume that “maybe the customer means...” or “maybe the cus-
tomer mentioned this symptom”.

>> GO TO 2.
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT
CONSULT
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” mode.
2. Check if the DTC is detected in the “Self Diagnostic Result” of the following:
- “ICC/ADAS”
- “LASER/RADAR”
- “SIDE RADAR LEFT”
- “SIDE RADAR RIGHT”
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.ACTION TEST
1. Perform the system action test to check the operation status of the following:
- BSW: Refer to DAS-143, "BLIND SPOT WARNING : Description".
- RCTA: Refer to DAS-144, "RCTA : Description".
2. Check if any other malfunctions occur.

>> GO TO 4.
4.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the applicable diagnosis according to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to DAS-164, "Symptom
Table".

>> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
CONSULT
1. Check the DTC in the “Self Diagnostic Result”.
2. Perform trouble diagnosis for the following detected DTC:
- “ICC/ADAS”: Refer to DAS-117, "DTC Index".
- “LASER/RADAR”: Refer to CCS-46, "DTC Index".
- “SIDE RADAR LEFT”: Refer to DAS-127, "DTC Index".
- “SIDE RADAR RIGHT”: Refer to DAS-129, "DTC Index".
NOTE:
If “DTC U1000” is detected, first diagnose the CAN communication system or ITS communication system.

>> GO TO 6.
6.MALFUNCTIONING PART REPAIR
Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.

>> GO TO 7.
7.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT)
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result”.
2. Perform “All DTC Reading” mode after repairing or replacing the specific items.
3. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of the following:
- “ICC/ADAS”
- “LASER/RADAR”
- “SIDE RADAR LEFT”
- “SIDE RADAR RIGHT”

Revision: October 2015 DAS-140 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPAIR CHECK (ACTION TEST)
B
Perform the following system action test. Check that the malfunction symptom is solved or no other symptoms
occur.
• BSW: Refer to DAS-143, "BLIND SPOT WARNING : Description".
• RCTA: Refer to DAS-144, "RCTA : Description". C
Is there a malfunction symptom?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End. D

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-141 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ICC SENSOR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ICC SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000011953169

• Always perform the radar alignment after removing and installing or replacing the ICC sensor.
CAUTION:
The system does not operate normally unless the laser beam aiming adjustment is performed.
Always perform it.
• Perform the PFCW system action test and check that the PFCW system operates normally.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011953170

1.RADAR ALIGNMENT
Perform the radar alignment. Refer to CCS-59, "Description".

>> GO TO 2.
2.ICC SYSTEM ACTION TEST
1. Perform the ICC system action test. Refer to CCS-66, "Description".
2. Check that the ICC system operates normally.

>> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-142 2016 Maxima NAM

 ACTION TEST
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
ACTION TEST
A
BLIND SPOT WARNING
BLIND SPOT WARNING : Description INFOID:0000000011953171
B
Always perform the Blind Spot Warning system action test to check that the system operates normally after
replacing the side radar LH/RH or repairing any Blind Spot Warning system malfunction.
WARNING: C
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test.
CAUTION:
Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
D
• Precautions: Refer to DAS-82, "Blind Spot Warning System Service".
• System description for Blind Spot Warning: Refer to DAS-90, "BSW : System Description".
• Normal operating condition: Refer to DAS-170, "Description".
E
BLIND SPOT WARNING : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011953172

WARNING:
F
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test.
CAUTION:
Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
• Precautions: Refer to DAS-82, "Blind Spot Warning System Service". G
• System description for Blind Spot Warning: Refer to DAS-90, "BSW : System Description".
• Normal operating condition: Refer to DAS-170, "Description".
1.CHECK BSW SYSTEM SETTING H
1. Start the engine.
2. Check that the BSW system setting can be enabled/disabled on the integral switch.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 5 seconds or more. I
4. Check that the previous setting is saved when the engine starts again.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.BSW SYSTEM ACTION TEST
1. Enable the setting of the BSW system on the integral switch. K
2. Check BSW operation according to the following table:

Vehicle condition/ Driver operation Action

L
Turn sig- Status of vehicle de- Indication on the
Vehicle speed Indication on the Indicator
nal condi- tection within detection Blind Spot Warning Buzzer
(Approx.) combination meter color
tion area indicator
M
Less than
— — OFF ON White OFF
18 MPH (29 km/h)
— Vehicle is absent. OFF ON White OFF
N
OFF Vehicle is detected. ON ON White OFF
Before turn signal op- Short con-
20 MPH (32 km/h) Yellow
ON erates Blink Blink tinuous
or more Vehicle is detected.
(Blink)
beeps DAS
(vehicle
detected Vehicle is detected af-
direction) Yellow
ter turn signal oper- Blink Blink OFF
(Blink)
ates. P

>> Inspection End.

RCTA

Revision: October 2015 DAS-143 2016 Maxima NAM

 ACTION TEST
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
RCTA : Description INFOID:0000000011953173

Always perform the RCTA system action test to check that the system operates normally after replacing the
side radar LH/RH or repairing any BSW/RCTA system malfunction.
WARNING:
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test.
CAUTION:
Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
• Precautions: Refer to DAS-82, "Blind Spot Warning System Service".
• System description for RCTA: Refer to DAS-92, "RCTA : System Description".
• Normal operating condition: Refer to DAS-170, "Description".
RCTA : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011953174

WARNING:
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test.
CAUTION:
Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
• Precautions: Refer to DAS-82, "Blind Spot Warning System Service".
• System description for RCTA: Refer to DAS-92, "RCTA : System Description".
• Normal operating condition: Refer to DAS-170, "Description".
1.CHECK BSW/RCTA SYSTEM SETTING
1. Start the engine.
2. Check that the BSW system setting can be enabled/disabled on the integral switch.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 30 seconds or more.
4. Check that the previous setting is saved when the engine starts again.

>> GO TO 2.
2.ACTION TEST FOR RCTA
1. Enable the setting of the RCTA system on the integral switch.
2. Check the RCTA operation according to the following table:

Vehicle condition Action Buzzer

• Chime sounds (single beep)
If the radar detects an approaching • Flashes Blind Spot Warning indicator on the side
• R range Single beep
vehicle from the side. that the approaching vehicle is detected
• 5 MPH (8 km/h) • Yellow rectangular frame appears in the display.
No approaching vehicle No action —

>> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-144 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B50 SIDE RADAR MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
C1B50 SIDE RADAR MALFUNCTION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953175
B

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
D
SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION Signal (terminal) –
C1B50
(Side radar malfunction) Threshold Side radar malfunction
Diagnosis delay time – E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar F
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW) G
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine. I
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
3. Check if “C1B50” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
J
Is the “C1B50” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953176

L
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR LEFT/RIGHT”.
3. Select “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check if any DTC other than “C1B50” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
LEFT/RIGHT”.
DAS
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Refer to
DAS-129, "DTC Index" (Side Radar Right) or DAS-127, "DTC Index" (Side Radar Left).
NO >> Replace the faulty side radar. Refer to DAS-177, "Removal and Installation". P

Revision: October 2015 DAS-145 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B51 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR SHORT CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
C1B51 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR SHORT CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953177

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR Signal (terminal) –

C1B51 (Blind Spot Warning indicator short Short circuit in Blind Spot Warning indicator
circuit) Threshold
circuit is detected. (Over current is detected)
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Blind Spot Warning indicator circuit
• Blind Spot Warning indicator
• Side radar
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
3. Check if “C1B51” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
Is the “C1B51” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-146, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953178

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-130, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN (1)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect side radar harness connector and Blind Spot Warning indicator harness connector.
3. Check continuity between side radar harness connector and Blind Spot Warning indicator harness con-
nector.

Side radar Blind Spot Warning indicator

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B77 LH D21 LH
4 1 Yes
B78 RH D116 RH
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-146 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B51 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR SHORT CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

2.CHECK BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN (2) A

Check continuity between Blind Spot Warning indicator harness connector and ground.

Blind Spot Warning indicator B

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
D21 LH
4 Yes C
D116 RH
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK SIDE RADAR VOLTAGE OUTPUT
1. Connect side radar harness connector. E
2. Check voltage between Blind Spot Warning indicator harness connector and ground.

Blind Spot Warning indicator F

Voltage
Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
Ground
D21 LH Ignition switch
1 OFF ⇒ ON 6V
G
D116 RH (Approx. 2 sec.)
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Replace Blind Spot Warning indicator. Refer to DAS-178, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace side radar. Refer to DAS-177, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-147 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B52 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR OPEN CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
C1B52 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR OPEN CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953179

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR Signal (terminal) –

C1B52 (Blind Spot Warning indicator open Open circuit in Blind Spot Warning indicator
circuit) Threshold
circuit is detected
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Blind Spot Warning indicator circuit
• Blind Spot Warning indicator
• Side radar
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
3. Check if “C1B52” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
Is the “C1B52” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953180

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-130, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN (1)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect side radar harness connector and Blind Spot Warning indicator harness connector.
3. Check continuity between side radar harness connector and Blind Spot Warning indicator harness con-
nector.

Side radar Blind Spot Warning indicator

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B77 LH D21 LH
4 1 Yes
B78 RH D116 RH
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-148 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B52 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR OPEN CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

2.CHECK BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN (2) A

Check continuity between Blind Spot Warning indicator harness connector and ground.

Blind Spot Warning indicator B

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
D21 LH
4 Yes C
D116 RH
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK SIDE RADAR VOLTAGE OUTPUT
1. Connect side radar harness connector. E
2. Check voltage between Blind Spot Warning indicator harness connector and ground.

Blind Spot Warning indicator F

Voltage
Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
Ground
D21 LH Ignition switch
1 OFF ⇒ ON 6V
G
D116 RH (Approx. 2 sec.)
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Replace Blind Spot Warning indicator. Refer to DAS-178, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace side radar. Refer to DAS-177, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-149 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953181

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

RADAR BLOCKAGE Signal (terminal) –

C1B55
(Radar blockage) Threshold Side radar is blocked
Diagnosis delay time –
NOTE:
DTC “C1B55” may be detected under the following conditions except for possible cause. (Explain to the customer about the difference
between the contamination detection function and the indication when the malfunction is detected and tell them, “This is not malfunc-
tion”)
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
• Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning and not actually be blocked. This is rare and is known
as a false blockage warning. A false blocked condition either self-clears or clears after an ignition cycle.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Stain or foreign materials are deposited.
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “C1B55” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
Is the DTC “C1B55” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953182

1.CHECK THE REAR BUMPER

Check if rear bumper near the side radar is contaminated with foreign materials.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THE SIDE RADAR
Check if side radar and the side radar outskirts are contaminated with foreign materials.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THE SIDE RADAR INSTALLATION CONDITION
Check side radar installation condition (installation position, properly tightened or a bent bracket).

Revision: October 2015 DAS-150 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

>> GO TO 4. A
4.INTERVIEW
1. Ask if there is stain or foreign materials. B
2. Ask if there is any temporary ambient condition such as splashing water, mist or fog.
3. Ask if there is any object such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
Are any of above conditions seen?
C
YES >> Explain to the customer about the difference between the blockage detection function and the
indication when the malfunction is detected and tell them, “This is not malfunction.”
NO >> Inspection End.
D

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-151 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0104 ADAS CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
U0104 ADAS CAN 1
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953183

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
ADAS CAN CIR1 Side radar detected an error of ITS commu-
U0104
(ADAS control unit CAN circuit 1) Threshold nication signal that was received from
ADAS control unit
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ADAS control unit
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0104” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-156, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description" (Side
Radar LH) or DAS-157, "SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description" (Side Radar RH).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0104” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
Is DTC “U0104” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953184

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U0104” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-156, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description" (Side
Radar LH) or DAS-157, "SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description" (Side Radar RH).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT OF ADAS CONTROL UNIT
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-152 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0104 ADAS CAN 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? A
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-117, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace side radar LH or side radar RH. Refer to DAS-177, "Removal and Installation". B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-153 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0405 ADAS CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
U0405 ADAS CAN 2
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953185

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
ADAS CAN CIR2 Side radar detected an error of ITS commu-
U0405
(ADAS control unit CAN circuit 2) Threshold nication signal that was received from
ADAS control unit
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ADAS control unit
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC “U0405” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-156, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description" (Side
Radar LH) or DAS-157, "SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description" (Side Radar RH).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U0405” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
Is DTC “U0405” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953186

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY

If DTC “U0405” is displayed with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to DAS-156, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description" (Side
Radar LH) or DAS-157, "SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description" (Side Radar RH).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT OF ADAS CONTROL UNIT
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-154 2016 Maxima NAM

 U0405 ADAS CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? A
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-117, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace side radar LH or side radar RH. Refer to DAS-177, "Removal and Installation". B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-155 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
SIDE RADAR LH
SIDE RADAR LH : Description INFOID:0000000011953187

CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern
vehicles are equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L), allowing a high rate of information transmission with less
wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads the required data only.
For CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communi-
cation Signal Chart".
ITS COMMUNICATION
• ITS communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receive
large quantities of data at high speed by connecting plural units with 2 communication lines.
• ITS communication lines adopt twisted-pair line style (two lines twisted) for noise immunity.
SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953188

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000 If side radar LH is not transmitting or receiv-
(CAN communication circuit) Threshold
ing ITS communication signal
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ITS communication system
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
LEFT”.
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-156, "SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953189

1.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

CONSULT

Revision: October 2015 DAS-156 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON, and then wait for 30 seconds or more. A
3. Perform “ALL DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
LEFT”.
B
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
C
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
SIDE RADAR RH
SIDE RADAR RH : Description INFOID:0000000011953190
D

CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul- E
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern
vehicles are equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con- F
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L), allowing a high rate of information transmission with less
wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads the required data only.
For CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communi-
cation Signal Chart". G

ITS COMMUNICATION
• ITS communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receive H
large quantities of data at high speed by connecting plural units with 2 communication lines.
• ITS communication lines adopt twisted-pair line style (two lines twisted) for noise immunity.
SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953191
I

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

J
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON. K
Signal (terminal) –
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000 If side radar RH is not transmitting or receiv-
(CAN communication circuit) Threshold
ing ITS communication signal L
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE M
ITS communication system
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled: N
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE DAS
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT P
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT”.
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-158, "SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-157 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953192

1.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON, and then wait for 30 seconds or more.
3. Select “ALL DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT”.
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-158 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
SIDE RADAR LH
SIDE RADAR LH : Description INFOID:0000000011953193
B
CAN controller controls the communication of ITS communication signal and the error detection.
SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953194
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
E
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U1010 If side radar LH detects malfunction by CAN
[Control unit (CAN)] Threshold
controller initial diagnosis
F
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar LH G

FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled: H
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
J
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1010” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR K
LEFT”.
Is “U1010” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-159, "SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953195
M

1.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

N
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “ALL DTC Reading” mode. DAS
4. Check if “U1010” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
LEFT”.
Is “U1010” detected? P
YES >> Replace the side radar LH. Refer to DAS-177, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
SIDE RADAR RH
SIDE RADAR RH : Description INFOID:0000000011953196

CAN controller controls the communication of ITS communication signal and the error detection.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-159 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011953197

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U1010 If side radar RH detects malfunction by CAN
[Control unit (CAN)] Threshold
controller initial diagnosis
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Side radar RH
FAIL-SAFE
The following systems are canceled:
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1010” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT”.
Is “U1010” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-160, "SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953198

1.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the Blind Spot Warning system ON.
3. Select “ALL DTC Reading” mode.
4. Check if “U1010” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT”.
Is “U1010” detected?
YES >> Replace the side radar RH. Refer to DAS-177, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-160 2016 Maxima NAM

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
SIDE RADAR LH
SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953199
B

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-130, "Wiring Diagram".

C

1.CHECK FUSES
Check that the following fuse is not blown: D

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 30 (10 A) E
Is the fuse blown?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect the side radar LH connector.
3. Check voltage between side radar LH harness connector and ground.
H
Terminal
Condition
(+) (−) Voltage
Side radar LH (Approx.) I
Ignition switch
Connector Terminal
Ground
OFF 0V
B77 5 J
ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> Repair the side radar LH power supply circuit.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
L
Check continuity between side radar LH harness connector and ground.

Side radar LH
Continuity M
Connector Terminal Ground
B77 8 Yes
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair the side radar LH ground circuit.
SIDE RADAR RH DAS

SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953200

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-130, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK FUSES
Check that the following fuse is not blown:

Revision: October 2015 DAS-161 2016 Maxima NAM

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 30 (10 A)
Is the fuse blown?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the side radar RH connector.
3. Check voltage between side radar RH harness connector and ground.

Terminal
Condition
(+) (−) Voltage
Side radar RH (Approx.)
Ignition switch
Connector Terminal
Ground
OFF 0V
B78 5
ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the side radar RH power supply circuit.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between side radar RH harness connector and ground.

Side radar RH
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
3
B78 Yes
8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair the side radar RH ground circuit.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-162 2016 Maxima NAM

 RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953201

B
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-130, "Wiring Diagram".

C
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the terminals and connectors of the side radar RH for damage, bend and short (unit side and con- D
nector side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair the terminal or connector.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY OF RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
F
1. Disconnect side radar RH connector.
2. Check continuity between side radar RH harness connector and ground.

G
Side radar RH
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B78 3 Yes H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. I

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-163 2016 Maxima NAM

 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011953204

Symptom Confirmation item Inspection item/Reference page

System cannot be turned ON/
All of driver assistance indicators do not illuminate. OFF using the integral switch.
PFCW/FEB/BSW/RCTA indica- Refer to DAS-165, "Description".
tors do not illuminate. Combination meter
Other information display is not illuminated. Refer to MWI-18, "On Board Di-
agnosis Function".
ADAS control unit
Information display is functioning normally.
Refer to DAS-25, "DTC Index".
FEB/PFCW/BSW/RCTA warn-
ing display does not illuminate Perform on board diagnosis of
(Buzzer is functioning normally) combination meter.
Information display is not functioning normally.
Refer to MWI-18, "On Board Di-
agnosis Function".
FEB/PFCW warning buzzer is
not sounding. Chime does not sound.
FEB/PFCW warning buzzer does not sound.
(Warning display is functioning Refer to DAS-166, "Description".
normally)
BSW/RCTA warning buzzer is
not sounding. Chime does not sound.
BSW/RCTA warning buzzer does not sound.
(Warning display is functioning Refer to DAS-166, "Description".
normally)
Frequently cannot detect the ve-
Frequently cannot detect the
hicle ahead/Detection zone is
vehicle ahead/Detection zone
short.
is short.
Refer to DAS-167, "Description".
System misidentifies a vehicle
PFCW and FEB are not acti- even though there is no vehicle
PFCW/FEB is not activated. ahead. Perform radar alignment.
vated.
Refer to CCS-59, "Description".
System misidentifies a vehicle
in the next lane.
The system does not detect the
System does not detect the ve-
vehicle ahead at all.
hicle ahead at all.
Refer to DAS-169, "Description".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-164 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF ON THE INTEGRAL
SWITCH
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF ON THE INTEGRAL
A
SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000011953205
B
System setting is not selectable in the combination meter information display.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953206
C
1.CHECK DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM SETTING
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Check that the driver assistance system setting can be turned ON/OFF with the integral switch in the com-
bination meter information display using the steering switches.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT F
Check the steering switches. Refer to MWI-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE H
Check the resistance of the steering switches . Refer to MWI-57, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation". I
NO >> Replace steering switches. Refer to AV-184, "Removal and Installation".

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-165 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHIME DOES NOT SOUND
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
CHIME DOES NOT SOUND
Description INFOID:0000000011953207

The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some
examples are:
• When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing.
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing.
• When a vehicle cuts in near own vehicle.
• The warning chime will not sound when own vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.
• The warning chime does not sound when the system does not detect any vehicle ahead. (Diagnose the con-
ditions under which the system is detecting the vehicle ahead and when the system is malfunctioning. If
there is any malfunction in detecting the vehicle ahead, check the system following the DAS-167, "Descrip-
tion".)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953208

1.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST

CONSULT
1. Select “METER BUZZER” in “Active Test” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
2. Check that the function operates normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THE SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
CONSULT
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” mode.
2. Check if the “U1000” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CAN COMMUNICATION INSPECTION
Check the CAN communication and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to DAS-65, "DTC Descrip-
tion".

>> Inspection End.

4.CHECK METER BUZZER OPERATION
Check meter buzzer. Refer to WCS-27, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-166 2016 Maxima NAM

 FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS
SHORT
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION
A
ZONE IS SHORT
Description INFOID:0000000011953209
B
Symptom check: Detection function may become unstable under the following conditions:
• When the vehicle is driving on a curve such as an S-curve where the curvature changes.
• When the vehicle is driving on an up-and-down road or passing the peak or foot of a slope or passing the C
break of the inclination of a hill.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953210

D
1.VISUAL CHECK (1)
Check ICC sensor for contamination and foreign materials.
E
Does contamination or foreign materials exist?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
F
2.WIPE OUT DIRT AND FOREIGN MATERIAL
Clean the contamination and foreign material from the ICC sensor.
G
>> GO TO 7.
3.VISUAL CHECK (2) H
Check ICC sensor and ICC sensor bracket for damage or looseness.
Does damage or looseness exist?
YES >> Repair or replace affected components. Refer to CCS-136, "Removal and Installation". I
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM RADAR ALIGNMENT
J
1. Perform radar alignment. Refer to CCS-59, "Description".
2. Perform action test. Refer to CCS-66, "Description".
3. Check that the vehicle ahead detection performance improves.
Does it improve? K
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 5.
L
5.REPLACE ICC SENSOR
1. Replace the ICC sensor. Refer to CCS-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform radar alignment. Refer to CCS-59, "Description". M
3. Perform action test. Refer to CCS-66, "Description".
4. Check that the vehicle ahead detection performance improves.
Does it improve?
N
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ADAS CONTROL UNIT DAS
Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 7. P

7.CHECK ICC SYSTEM

1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result”, and then perform “All DTC Reading” again after performing the action test.
(Refer to CCS-66, "Description" for action test.)
2. Check that the ICC system is normal.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-167 2016 Maxima NAM

FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS
SHORT
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
>> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-168 2016 Maxima NAM

 THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL
A
Description INFOID:0000000011953211

When PFCW/FEB system is active, the PFCW/FEB system does not perform any control even though there is B
a vehicle ahead.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011953212

C
1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY
1. Start the “Self Diagnosis” of combination meter. Refer to MWI-18, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
2. Check that the segment of information display is displayed normally. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation". E
2.VISUAL CHECK (1)
Check ICC sensor for contamination and foreign materials. F
Does contamination or foreign materials exist?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. G
3.WIPE OUT DIRT AND FOREIGN MATERIAL
Clean the contamination and foreign material from the ICC sensor.
H

>> Inspection End.

4.VISUAL CHECK (2) I
Check ICC sensor and ICC sensor bracket for damage or looseness.
Does damage or looseness exist?
J
YES >> Repair or replace affected components. Refer to CCS-136, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM RADAR ALIGNMENT K
1. Perform radar alignment. Refer to CCS-59, "Description".
2. Perform action test. Refer to CCS-66, "Description".
3. Check that the vehicle ahead detection performance improves. L
Does it improve?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 6. M
6.REPLACE ICC SENSOR
1. Replace the ICC sensor. Refer to CCS-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform radar alignment. Refer to CCS-59, "Description". N
3. Perform action test. Refer to CCS-66, "Description".
4. Check that the vehicle ahead detection performance improves.
Does it improve? DAS
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ADAS CONTROL UNIT P

Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-80, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-169 2016 Maxima NAM

 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000011953213

PRECAUTIONS FOR PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (PFCW)

• The Predictive Forward Collision Warning system is designed to warn the driver before a collision, but will
not avoid a collision. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at
all times.
• The radar sensor does not detect the following objects:
- Pedestrians, animals, or obstacles in the roadway.
- Oncoming vehicles.
- Crossing vehicles.
• The Predictive Forward Collision Warning system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehi-
cle, such as a motorcycle.
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
- Snow or heavy rain.
- Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor.
- Interference by other radar sources.
- Snow or road spray from traveling vehicles is splashed.
- Driving in a tunnel.
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle when the vehicle ahead is being towed.
• When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.
• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle when driving on a steep downhill slope or on roads with
sharp curves.
• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning tone sound, and it may not be heard.
PRECAUTIONS FOR BLIND SPOT WARNING
• The Blind Spot Warning system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to pre-
vent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn
and look in the direction the vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the
Blind Spot Warning system.
• The Blind Spot Warning system may not provide the warning or the control for vehicles that pass through the
detection zone quickly.
• Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime
sound, and it may not be heard.
• The side radar may not be able to detect and activate Blind Spot Warning when certain objects are present
such as:
- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
- Several types of vehicles such as motorcycles.
- Oncoming vehicles.
- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when driver accelerates from a stop.
- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as own vehicle.
- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
- A vehicle which own vehicle overtakes rapidly.
• Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
• The side radar detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the
side radar may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the side radar may
detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
• The side radar is designed to ignore most stationary objects; however, objects such as guardrails, walls, foli-
age and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operating condition.
PRECAUTIONS FOR REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
• Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors
detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as:
- Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child operated toy vehicles.
- A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 mph (30 km/h).
- A vehicle that is passing at speeds less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
• The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:
- When the vehicle that is parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor.
- When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.
- When the vehicle is parked on an incline.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-170 2016 Maxima NAM

 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
- When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle’s parking lot isle.
- When the angle formed by your vehicle is too small. A
• The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
- Severe weather
- Road spray
B
- Ice build-up on the vehicle
- Frost on the vehicle
- Dirt build-up on the vehicle
• Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the C
radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
• Do not use RCTA system when towing a trailer.
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and D
it may not be heard.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-171 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ICC SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000013094009

AWOIA0127ZZ

1. Front bumper reinforcement 2. ICC sensor bracket 3. ICC sensor

4. Clip 5. ICC sensor harness connector A. Refer to INSTALLATION
Front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000013094010

REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-16, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect harness connector from ICC sensor.
3. Remove bolts and remove ICC sensor bracket from front bumper reinforcement.
4. Remove bolts and remove ICC sensor from ICC sensor bracket.
INSTALLATION
1. Install ICC sensor to ICC sensor bracket.
2. Install ICC sensor bolts finger tight, then tighten in sequence
shown.

ICC sensor bolts : 3.8 N·m (0.39 kg-m, 34 in-lb)

ALOIA0299ZZ

3. Install ICC sensor bracket to front bumper reinforcement.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-172 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
4. Install ICC sensor bracket bolts finger tight, then tighten in
sequence shown. A

ICC sensor bracket bolts : 10.0 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 7 ft-lb)

B

AWOIA0137ZZ

D
5. Install remaining components in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION:
E
• Always perform ICC sensor alignment and check operation after removal, installation or replacement
of ICC sensor. Refer to CCS-56, "Work Procedure".
• Do not touch ICC sensor face.
• Do not drop or shock ICC sensor. F
• Make sure ICC sensor harness is installed without any twists.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-173 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
ICC STEERING SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000013094011

AWGIA0369ZZ

1. Driver air bag module 2. Steering wheel 3. Cover

4. Steering column cover 5. Steering wheel switches

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000013094012

REMOVAL
NOTE:
The steering switches are serviced as an assembly.
1. Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-30, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove screws (A).
3. Release pawls using suitable tool, then remove steering wheel
rear finisher (1) from steering wheel (2).

: Pawl

ALNIA1731ZZ

Revision: October 2015 DAS-174 2016 Maxima NAM

 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
4. Remove screws (A)
5. Release pawls using suitable tool, then remove steering wheel A
front finisher (2) from steering wheel (1).

: Pawl B

AWNIA4073ZZ

D
6. Remove screws (A) and remove steering switches from steering
wheel (1).
E

G
ALNIA1733ZZ

INSTALLATION H
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-175 2016 Maxima NAM

 WARNING BUZZER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
WARNING BUZZER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000011953218

The warning buzzer is an integral part of the combination meter. Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011953219

The warning buzzer is an integral part of the combination meter. Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-176 2016 Maxima NAM

 SIDE RADAR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SIDE RADAR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000011953220

I
ALOIA0290ZZ

1. Side radar (LH) 2. Rear fender (LH) 3. Side radar (RH) J

4. Rear fender (RH) A. LH side B. RH side
Front
K
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011953221

REMOVAL L
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to INT-26, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect harness connector from side radar.
3. Remove nuts and remove side radar. M
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: N
Do not use side radar if lens has flaws.
NOTE:
Do not touch side radar lens and keep lens area clean. DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-177 2016 Maxima NAM

 BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
BLIND SPOT WARNING INDICATOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000011953222

AWOIA0130ZZ

1. Door mirror corner finisher 2. Blind Spot Warning indicator Clip

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011953223

REMOVAL
NOTE:
LH shown; RH similar
1. Remove door mirror corner finisher. Refer to MIR-21, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove screws and remove Blind Spot Warning indicator.
INSTALLATION
Installation in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-178 2016 Maxima NAM

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012271674

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni- H
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000012271675
J
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component K
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.
L
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one.
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly.
• Follow the steps below to clean components: M
- Water soluble dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
N
- Oily dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off. DAS
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner. P

Revision: October 2015 DAS-179 2016 Maxima NAM

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Precautions for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000012271676

• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).

SKIB8766E

• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.

NOTE:
Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.

SKIB8767E

• Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communica-
tion line.
Precautions for Chassis control INFOID:0000000012271677

• Do not disassemble the chassis control module.

• Do not reuse if the chassis control module has been dropped.
• Do not perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when Active Trace Control and
Active Ride Control function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by the functions that
are normally operated.
• Tachometer will rise and engine noise may be noticeable during Active Engine Brake function operation.
This is not a malfunction because it is caused by the function that is normally operated.
• Active Trace Control, Active Ride Control and Active Engine Brake are not always activated in any driving
conditions.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-180 2016 Maxima NAM

 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000012271678
B

The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.) C
Tool name
— Removing trim components
(J-46534) D
Trim Tool Set

AWJIA0483ZZ

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-181 2016 Maxima NAM

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012312091

ALOIA0298ZZ

View with instrument panel assembly

A.
removed

No. Component Description

1. Chassis control module Refer to DAS-183, "System Description".

Chassis Control Module INFOID:0000000012312092

Chassis control module controls the following systems based on the

signals from each sensor, each switch, and each control unit:
• Active trace control function
• Active engine control function
• Active ride control function

JSOIA1227ZZ

Revision: October 2015 DAS-182 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000012312320

• Chassis control to integrally control the driving system was adopted. B

• Chassis control module inputs the necessary information for control from CAN communication and each
switch and integrally controls each system. Refer to the following table for systems controlled and input and
output signals.
C
Function Reference page
DAS-186, "ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL
Active trace control function (DYNAMIC CORNERING ENHANCE- D
MENT) FUNCTION : System Description"
DAS-192, "ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE
Active engine brake control function
FUNCTION : System Description" E
DAS-195, "ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL
Active ride control function
FUNCTION : System Description"
F
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
TCM is applied to CVT models.
G

JSOIA1446GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL DAS

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-183 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

Component parts Signal description

Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
ECM • Estimate drive torque signal
• Request drive torque signal
• ECM malfunction signal
• Request drive torque status signal
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Front LH wheel speed signal
• Front RH wheel speed signal
• Rear LH wheel speed signal
• Rear RH wheel speed signal
• TCS operation signal
• VDC operation signal
• Side G signal
• VDC OFF switch signal
• Brake fluid pressure signal
• Steering angle signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control
• VDC accept permission signal
unit)
• ABS operation signal
• Vehicle speed signal
• Decel G signal
• ABS malfunction signal
• VDC malfunction signal
• TCS malfunction signal
• Yaw rate signal
Receives the following signals from chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Active trace control signal
• Active engine brake control signal
• Active ride control signal
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Stop lamp switch signal
BCM • Turn signal switch signal
• Brake pedal position switch signal
• BCM malfunction signal
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Current gear position signal
• CVT target gear ratio signal
TCM
• CVT accept permission signal
• Input speed signal
• TCM malfunction signal
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Active trace control setting change request signal
• Active engine brake setting change request signal
Combination meter
• Combination meter malfunction signal
Receives the chassis control malfunction display request signal from the chassis control mod-
ule via CAN communication.
Transmits the steering angle sensor signal to the chassis control module via CAN communi-
Steering angle sensor
cation.

Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) INFOID:0000000012338480

When a malfunction occurs in the chassis control module, the master warning lamp turns ON and an interrupt
is displayed on the information display of the combination meter.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-184 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

DTC Vehicle condition A

The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1B92-00
• Active Ride Control
B
• Active Engine Brake
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1B93-00 C
• Active Ride Control (engine)
• Active Engine Brake
The following functions are suspended:
C1B94-00 • Active Trace Control D
• Active Ride Control (engine)
The following functions are suspended:
C1B95-00 • Active Trace Control E
• Active Ride Control (brake)
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1B99-00 F
• Active Ride Control
• Active Engine Brake
The following functions are suspended:
C1BA0-00 • Active Trace Control G
• Active Ride Control (brake)
The following functions are suspended:
C1BA2-00 • Active Trace Control H
• Active Ride Control (engine)
C1BA5-00 Normal control
The following functions are suspended: I
C1BAB-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (engine)
C1BB2-00
The following functions are suspended: J
C1BB3-00 • Active Trace Control
C1BB4-00 • Active Ride Control
• Active Engine Brake
C1BB5-00 K
C1BB6-00 Normal control
C1BB7-00
L
C1BB8-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1BB9-00
• Active Ride Control
C1BBA-00 • Active Engine Brake M
C1BBB-00
C1BBC-00 Normal control
N
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1BBD-00
• Active Ride Control
• Active Engine Brake DAS
C1BC0-00
C1BC1-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control P
C1BC2-00 • Active Ride Control
C1BC3-00
The following function is suspended:
C1BC4-00
• Active Ride Control (brake)
The following functions is suspended:
C1BC5-00
• Active Trace Control

Revision: October 2015 DAS-185 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
DTC Vehicle condition
The following functions are suspended:
C1BC6-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (brake)
U1A34-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
U1A35-00
• Active Ride Control
U1A36-00 • Active Engine Brake
U1A39-00 Normal control
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
U1A3B-00
• Active Ride Control (brake)
• Active Engine Brake
U1A42-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
U1A43-00 • Active Ride Control (engine)
U1A48-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
U1A4A-00
• Active Ride Control
U1A4B-00 • Active Engine Brake
The following function is suspended:
U1A4E-00
• Active Ride Control

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL (DYNAMIC CORNERING ENHANCEMENT) FUNC-

TION
ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL (DYNAMIC CORNERING ENHANCEMENT) FUNCTION
: System Description INFOID:0000000012312323

• The steering operation condition by the driver and the information from multiple sensors are computed by
the chassis control module, and a command is transmitted to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
• The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls the brake based on the command from the chassis
control module.
• When cornering, driver operation is reduced and vehicle behavior is smoothened.
• When the VDC function is turned OFF with the VDC OFF switch, active trace control function also turns
OFF.
• The active trace control function can be turned ON/OFF by operating the steering switch. However, even
when turned OFF, a portion of functions (emergency avoidance, etc.) turn ON.
• When a malfunction occurs in active trace control function, the master warning lamp illuminates and the
information display in the combination meter informs the driver.
NOTE:
• Active trace control function may not be effective in all driving environments (traction conditions, etc.).
• When active trace control function operates, vibration may be transmitted to the brake pedal, an operation
sound may be heard, and a feeling of deceleration may be felt. These are not symptoms of malfunctions and
indicate normal operating conditions.
• Even when active trace control function OFF is selected with chassis control setting, it is not turned com-
pletely OFF continues to provide assistance in scenes where steering load is in the high excess range
(emergency avoidance, etc.).
OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-186 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
• This performs assistance when switching from deceleration (brake
operation) to acceleration (accelerator operation) when driving on A
a curve. It operates the brake automatically to stabilize cornering
and smoothens acceleration in the longitudinal and lateral direc-
tions.
B

G
JSOIA1448GB

- The brake is controlled according to the steering operation condition of the driver and the cornering condition H
of the vehicle.

M
JSOIA1449GB

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-187 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
• For the purpose of improving responsiveness during excessive
steering operation, such as emergency avoidance steering, etc.,
the brake is applied to the inside wheel of the steering direction
and causes turning momentum to be generated.

JSOIA1450GB

- The brake is controlled according to the steering operation condition of the driver.

JSOIA1451GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-188 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
• When driving on a curve, change of the steering operation angle is
controlled, vehicle movement is smoothened and cornering with a A
stable feeling is realized simultaneously by controlling the brake on
the inner wheel, according to accelerator operation.
B

G
JSOIA1452GB

- The brake is controlled according to the steering operation condition of the driver and the cornering condition H
of the vehicle.

JSOIA1453GB
M

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-189 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
• When performing quick lane changes and other excessive steering
operations, the brake is operated automatically, and erratic vehicle
behavior due to steering operation is reduced.

JSOIA1454GB

- The brake is controlled according to the steering operation condition of the driver and the cornering condition
of the vehicle.

JSOIA1455GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
TCM is applied to CVT models.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-190 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

H
JSOIA1446GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table: I

Component parts Signal description

Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication: J
• Accelerator pedal position signal
• Engine speed signal
ECM
• Estimate drive torque signal
• Request drive torque signal K
• Request drive torque status signal
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Front LH wheel speed signal L
• Front RH wheel speed signal
• Rear LH wheel speed signal
• Rear RH wheel speed signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control
• TCS operation signal M
• VDC operation signal
unit)
• Side G signal
• VDC OFF switch signal
• Brake fluid pressure signal N
• Steering angle signal
• VDC accept permission signal
Receives the active trace control signal from chassis control module via CAN communication.
DAS
BCM Transmits the stop lamp switch signal to chassis control module via CAN communication.
IPDM E/R Transmits the ignition switch ON signal to chassis control module via CAN communication.
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication: P
TCM • Current gear position signal
• CVT target gear ratio signal
Transmits the active trace control setting change request signal to chassis control module via
CAN communication.
Combination meter
Receives the chassis control malfunction display request signal from chassis control module
via CAN communication.
Steering angle sensor Transmits the steering angle sensor signal to chassis control module via CAN communication.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-191 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION
ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000012312324

The active engine control function can be turned ON/OFF by operating the steering switch.
CORNERING CONTROL
• For the purpose of reducing the operation of switching to depress the brake pedal during cornering, the
operation information of the driver is computed by the chassis control module and a command is transmitted
to TCM.
• Based on the command from the chassis control module, TCM shifts the gear ratio of the transaxle to the
low side and applies the engine brake.

ALOIA0301GB

- The transaxle is controlled according to the steering operation of the driver as well as the accelerator pedal
condition and cornering condition of the vehicle.

JSOIA1457GB

BRAKING CONTROL
• For the purpose of improving the feeling of effectiveness of the brake when decelerating, the brake operation
amount of the driver is computed by the chassis control module and a command is transmitted to TCM.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-192 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
• Based on the command from the chassis control module, TCM shifts the gear ratio of the transaxle to the
low side and applies the engine brake. A

ALOIA0302GB

- The transaxle is controlled according to the brake condition. F

M
JSOIA1459GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
N
NOTE:
TCM is applied to CVT models.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-193 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

JSOIA1460GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table:

Component parts Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM
• Estimate drive torque signal
• Request drive torque status signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Front LH wheel speed signal
• Front RH wheel speed signal
• Rear LH wheel speed signal
• Rear RH wheel speed signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control
• VDC operation signal
unit)
• Side G signal
• Brake fluid pressure signal
• Steering angle signal
Mainly receives the following signal from chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Active engine brake control signal
Mainly transmits the following signal to chassis control module via CAN communication:
BCM
• Stop lamp switch signal
Mainly transmits the following signal to chassis control module via CAN communication:
IPDM E/R
• Ignition switch ON signal
Mainly transmits the following signal to chassis control module via CAN communication:
TCM
• CVT accept permission signal
Mainly transmits the following signal to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Active engine brake setting change request signal
Mainly receives the following signals from chassis control module via CAN communication:
Combination meter
• Curve display request signal
• Tire display request signal
• Active engine brake setting display request signal

ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL FUNCTION

Revision: October 2015 DAS-194 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000012312325

A
• When the VDC function is turned OFF by operation of VDC OFF switch, active ride control function also
turns OFF.
• When a malfunction occurs in active ride control function, the master warning lamp illuminates and the infor- B
mation display in the combination meter informs the driver.
NOTE:
Active ride control function may not be effective in all driving environments (traction conditions, etc.).
C
ENGINE CONTROL
Riding Comfort Improvement
• When driving on an uneven road surface, the rotation of each wheel, the steering angle, and the requested D
traction torque are computed by the chassis control module and a command is transmitted to ECM.
• Based on the command from the chassis control module, ECM corrects the engine torque that is outputted.
• By correcting the engine torque that is outputted, the load of weight on the front and rear wheels stabilizes
E
and riding comfort is improved.

ALOIA0304GB

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-195 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
- Engine torque is corrected according to driving conditions.

JSOIA1462GB

Steering Stability
• The rotation of each wheel, the steering angle, and the requested traction torque are computed by the chas-
sis control module and a command is transmitted to ECM.
• Based on the command from the chassis control module, ECM corrects the engine torque that is outputted.
• By correcting the engine torque that is outputted, vehicle behavior during cornering is smoothened.

JSOIA1463GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-196 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
- Engine torque is corrected according to steering operation conditions.
A

H
JSOIA1464GB

BRAKING CONTROL
• When driving on an uneven road surface, mainly the rotation speed information of each wheel is computed I
by the chassis control module to estimate vertical G and a command is transmitted to the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).
• The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls brake fluid pressure (brake force) according to the
command from the chassis control module. J
• By controlling the brake fluid pressure (brake force), behavior of the vehicle in the vertical direction
decreases, and riding comfort is improved.
K

DAS

ALOIA0305GB P

Revision: October 2015 DAS-197 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
- Brake fluid pressure (brake force) is controlled according to driving conditions.

JSOIA1466GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
TCM is applied to CVT models.

JSOIA1446GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table:

Revision: October 2015 DAS-198 2016 Maxima NAM

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

Component parts Signal description A

Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Request drive torque signal
B
• Request drive torque status signal
• Engine speed signal
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
• Front LH wheel speed signal C
• Front RH wheel speed signal
• Rear LH wheel speed signal
• Rear RH wheel speed signal
• ABS operation signal
D
• TCS operation signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control
• VDC operation signal
unit)
• Vehicle speed signal E
• Decel G signal
• Side G signal
• VDC OFF switch signal
• Brake fluid pressure signal F
• VDC accept permission signal
Receives the active ride control signal from chassis control module via CAN communication.
BCM Transmits the stop lamp switch signal to chassis control module via CAN communication.
G
IPDM E/R Transmits the ignition switch ON signal to chassis control module via CAN communication.
Transmits the following signals to chassis control module via CAN communication:
TCM • Current gear position signal H
• Input speed signal
Receives the chassis control malfunction display request signal from chassis control module
Combination meter
via CAN communication.
I
Steering angle sensor Transmits the steering angle sensor signal to chassis control module via CAN communication.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-199 2016 Maxima NAM

 HANDLING PRECAUTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Precautions for Chassis Control (Engine Brake, Active Ride, and Active Trace)
INFOID:0000000012271687

CHASSIS CONTROL
• Chassis Control will not provide all the necessary controls to replace driver intervention. It is not designed to
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the travel-
ing lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times.
• Chassis Control is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not perform
satisfactorily in certain roads, weather or driving conditions.
• Using Chassis Control under some conditions of road, corner or severe weather could lead to an unex-
pected system operation. In such conditions, driver needs to correct the vehicle's direction with driver's
steering operation to avoid accidents.
• When Chassis Control is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could
lose control of the vehicle.
• Engine Brake Control is designed to enhance braking feel and traceability at corners.
• Active Ride Control is designed to enhance handling and drive comfort.
• Active Trace Control is designed to enhance traceability at corners and smooth vehicle movement for more
confident driving.
• Chassis Control may not function properly under the following conditions:
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc.
- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure,
installation of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original steering parts or suspension parts.
• The functions of Chassis Control may or may not operate properly under the following conditions:
- On roads covered with water, dirt or snow, etc.
- On roads where there are sharp curves.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-200 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
A
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000012271688

APPLICATION ITEM B
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.

Diagnosis mode Function description C

Self Diagnostic Result Self diagnostic result and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data Monitor Displays real-time input/output data of chassis control module.
D
ECU identification Displays chassis control module part number.
Enables an operational check of a load by transmitting a driving signal from the chassis control mod-
Active Test
ule.
E
• Read and save the vehicle specification (TYPE ID).
Re/programming, Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification (TYPE ID) when replacing chassis control module.
*
1: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing: F
• DTC
• Freeze Frame Data (FFD)
ECU IDENTIFICATION G
Chassis control module part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to DAS-210, "DTC Index". H

When “CRNT” is displayed on “Self diagnostic result”.

• The system is presently malfunctioning.
I
When “PAST” is displayed on “Self diagnostic result”.
• System malfunction in the past was detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze Frame Data (FFD) J
When DTC is detected, a vehicle state shown below is recorded and displayed on CONSULT.

Item name Indication/Unit Display item K

Total mileage (odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odometer/Trip meter km
is displayed.
DTC LOCAL CODE — DTC code is displayed but not used. L
CAN DIAG PERMIS CONDITION Off / On Displays CAN network diagnosis status.
BRAKE SWITCH 1 Off / On Displays brake switch operating status (Off: close / On: open).
M
BRAKE SWITCH 2 Off / On Displays brake switch operating status (Off: open / On: close).
ABS NORMAL / ABNOR Displays ABS function status.
TCS NORMAL / ABNOR Displays TCS function status. N
VDC NORMAL / ABNOR Displays VDC function status.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h Displays the vehicle speed.
DAS
FR WHEEL SPEED rpm Displays the rotational speed of front RH tire.
FL WHEEL SPEED rpm Displays the rotational speed of front LH tire.
RR WHEEL SPEED rpm Displays the rotational speed of rear RH tire. P
RL WHEEL SPEED rpm Displays the rotational speed of rear LH tire.
STEERING ANG SENSOR deg Displays the steering angle from the steering angle sensor.
SIDE G SENSOR G Displays the side G.
DECEL G SENSOR G Displays the decel G.
YAW RATE SENSOR deg/s Displays the yaw rate.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-201 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Item name Indication/Unit Display item
THRTL OPENING % Displays the electric throttle position.
Off / P / R / N / D (A)
SHIFT POSITION / S / L / B / 1– 6 / M Displayed but not used.
1 –M 8 / A 1 – A 6
PRESS SENSOR bar Displays the brake fluid pressure.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Item
Description
[Unit]
IGN VOLT [V] Displays the ignition power supply voltage.
CONTROL MODULE MALF [Off / On] Displays chassis control module malfunction.
CAN DIAG STATUS [Off / On] Displays CAN network diagnosis status.
VEHICLE SPEED [km/m] Displays the vehicle speed.
FR WHEEL SPEED [rpm] Displays the rotational speed of front RH tire.
FL WHEEL SPEED [rpm] Displays the rotational speed of front LH tire.
RR WHEEL SPEED [rpm] Displays the rotational speed of rear RH tire.
RL WHEEL SPEED [rpm] Displays the rotational speed of rear LH tire.
STEERING ANG SENSOR [deg] Displays the steering angle from the steering angle sensor.
DECEL G SENSOR [G] Displays the decel G.
SIDE G SENSOR [G] Displays the side G.
YAW RATE SENSOR [deg/s] Displays the yaw rate.
ACCELE PEDAL POSITION [%] Displays the accelerator pedal position.
[NORMAL / INCORR / PREV / IN-
THROTTLE CONTROL Displays the electric throttle status.
POSSI]
[Off / P / R / N / D (A) / S / L / B / 1–
SHIFT POSITION Displayed but not used.
6 / M 1 –M 8 / A 1 – A 6]
BRAKE SWITCH 2 [Off / On] Displays brake switch operating status (Off: close / On: open).
BRAKE SWITCH 1 [Off / On] Displays brake switch operating status (Off: open / On: close).
PRESS SENSOR [bar] Displays the brake fluid pressure.
ABS [NORMAL / ABNOR] Displays ABS function status.
ABS MALF [NORMAL / ABNOR] Displays ABS function status.
EBD [NORMAL / ABNOR] Displays EBD function status.
TCS [NORMAL / ABNOR] Displays TCS function status.
TCS MALF [NORMAL / ABNOR] Displays TCS function status.
VDC [NORMAL / ABNOR] Displays VDC function status.
VDC MALF [NORMAL / ABNOR] Displays VDC function status.
VDC OFF SWITCH [Off / On] Displays VDC OFF switch status.
[INITIAL / NORMAL / STOP 1 / Displays the status of correction to slightly increase/decrease the
DRV TRQ CTRL MODE
STOP 2 / LIMIT 1 / PROHIBI] drive torque.
Displays the permission status (basic requirement) of correction to
DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS 1 [NO PER / PERMIS]
slightly increase/decrease drive torque.
Displays the permission status (system requirement) of correction
DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS 2 [NO PER / PERMIS]
to slightly increase/decrease drive torque.
Displays the stop request status of correction to slightly increase/
DRV TRQ CTRL STOP [REQ / NO REQ]
decrease drive torque.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-202 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Item
Description
[Unit] A
Displays the prohibition request status of correction to slightly in-
DRV TRQ CTRL PROHIBIT [REQ / NO REQ]
crease/decrease drive torque.
Displays the Active Engine Brake (corner) function operating sta- B
AEB [Off / On]
tus
ATC 1 [Off / On] Displays active trace control function operating status.
ATC 2 [Off / On] Displays active trace control function operating status. C
ATC 3 [Off / On] Displays active trace control function operating status.
ATC 4 [Off / On] Displays active trace control function operating status.
D
ATC 5 [Off / On] Displays active trace control function operating status.
ATC SETTING [Off / On] Displays active trace control status.
AEB CVT PERMIT [Off / On] Displays the CVT authorized state for active engine brake. E
AEB STATUS [Off / On] Displays the active engine brake status.
AEB COMMAND 1 [0.0000] Displays the relative command value of active engine brake.
F
AEB COMMAND 2 [0.0000] Displays absolute command value of active engine brake.
AEB SLIP RATE [%] Displays slip ratio of active engine brake.
AEB SETTING [Off / On] Displays active engine brake control status. G
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test results
and data obtained in the Data Monitor. In response to instructions from CONSULT instead of those from chas- H
sis control module on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its operation.
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle. I
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test.
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
J
• When active test is performed while depressing the brake pedal, the brake pedal depressing stroke may
change. This is not a malfunction.
• During an active test, sometimes a chassis control warning is displayed and the master warning lamp illumi-
nates on the information display in the combination meter; however, this is not a malfunction. K

Test item Operation Description

BRAKE ACTUATOR 1 MODE 1 Start Controls brake fluid pressure. L
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1 MODE 2 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1 MODE 3 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
M
BRAKE ACTUATOR 2 MODE 1 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 2 MODE 2 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 2 MODE 3 Start Controls brake fluid pressure. N
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3 MODE 1 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3 MODE 2 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
DAS
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3 MODE 3 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
If touching “On” with the master warning lamp not illuminated, the master
On
MASTER WARNING ACTIVE warning lamp illuminates. It stops in approximately 1 minute.
P
Off The master warning lamp turns OFF (vehicle in normal state).

RE/PROGRAMMING, CONFIGURATION
Configuration includes the following functions.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-203 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

Function Description
Allows the reading of vehicle specification (Type ID) written in chassis control
Before replacing ECU
module to store the specification in CONSULT.
Read/Write Configuration
Allows the writing of vehicle information (Type ID) stored in CONSULT into the
After replacing ECU
chassis control module.
Allows the writing of vehicle specification (Type ID) into the chassis control
Manual Configuration
module by hand.
CAUTION:
Use “Manual Configuration” only when “TYPE ID” of Chassis Control Module cannot be read.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-204 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
Reference Value INFOID:0000000012271689
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

NOTE: C
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation D

IGN VOLT Ignition switch ON. 10 − 16 V

CONTROL MODULE When chassis control module is normal. Off

E
MALF When chassis control module malfunction is detected. On
When diagnosis of CAN communication malfunction is detected. Off
CAN DIAG STATUS
When diagnosis of CAN communication is normal. On F
Vehicle stopped. 0 mph (0 km/h)
VEHICLE SPEED Almost same reading as speedometer
Driving* (within ± 10%) G
Vehicle stopped. 0 rpm
FR WHEEL SPEED
* Increases according to vehicle speed
Driving H
Vehicle stopped. 0 rpm
FL WHEEL SPEED
Driving* Increases according to vehicle speed
I
Vehicle stopped. 0 rpm
RR WHEEL SPEED
Driving* Increases according to vehicle speed
Vehicle stopped. 0 rpm J
RL WHEEL SPEED
* Increases according to vehicle speed
Driving
When driving straight. 0±3.5 deg.
STEERING ANG SEN- K
When steering wheel is steered to RH by 90°. Approx. +90 deg.
SOR
When steering wheel is steered to LH by 90°. Approx. −90 deg.
Vehicle stopped. Approx. 0 G L
DECEL G SENSOR During acceleration. Positive value
During deceleration. Negative value.
M
Vehicle stopped. Approx. 0 G
SIDE G SENSOR When right turn. Negative value
When left turn. Positive value N
Vehicle stopped. Approx. 0 deg/s
YAW RATE SENSOR When right turn. Negative value
When left turn. Positive value
DAS

ACCELE PEDAL POSI- When accelerator pedal is released. 0%

TION When accelerator pedal is depressed. 0 − 100%
P

Revision: October 2015 DAS-205 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
When electric throttle control actuator is normal. NORMAL
When the electric throttle control actuator does not achieve the
INCORR
requirement (measured value is inaccurate).
THROTTLE CONTROL When the electric throttle control actuator does not achieve the
PREV
requirement (temporary prevention).
When the electric throttle control actuator does not achieve the
IMPOSSI
requirement (impossible).
SHIFT POSITION Shift selector in any position. Displayed but not used
When brake pedal is not depressed. Off
BRAKE SWITCH 2
When brake pedal is depressed. On
When brake pedal is depressed. Off
BRAKE SWITCH 1
When brake pedal is not depressed. On
When brake pedal is not depressed. Approx. 0 bar
PRESS SENSOR
When brake pedal is depressed. 0 − 255 bar
When ABS function is normal. NORMAL
ABS
When ABS function malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When ABS function is normal. NORMAL
ABS MALF
When ABS function malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When EBD function is normal. NORMAL
EBD
When EBD function malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When accelerator pedal is normal. NORMAL
ACCELE PEDAL MALF
When accelerator pedal malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When TCS function is normal. NORMAL
TCS
When TCS function malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When TCS function is normal. NORMAL
TCS MALF
When TCS function malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When VDC function is normal. NORMAL
VDC
When VDC function malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When VDC function is normal. NORMAL
VDC MALF
When VDC function malfunction is detected. ABNOR
When VDC OFF switch is OFF. Off
VDC OFF SWITCH
When VDC OFF switch is ON. On
When correction coefficients are initialized. INITIAL
When correction is executed. NORMAL
When correction is stopped (computing is impossible). STOP 1
DRV TRQ CTRL MODE
When correction is stopped (computing is possible). STOP 2
When correction is limited. LIMIT 1
When correction is prohibited. PROHIBI

DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS When correction is permitted (basic requirement). PERMIS
1 When correction is not permitted (basic requirement). NO PER

DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS When correction is permitted (system requirement). PERMIS
2 When correction is not permitted (system requirement). NO PER
When correction is requested to stop. REQ
DRV TRQ CTRL STOP
When correction is not requested to stop. NO REQ

Revision: October 2015 DAS-206 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
A
DRV TRQ CTRL PRO- When prohibition of correction is requested. REQ
HIBIT When prohibition of correction is not requested. NO REQ
When Active Engine Brake (corner) function is active. On B
AEB
When Active Engine Brake (corner) function is inactive. Off
When active trace control function is inactive. Off
ATC 1
When active trace control function is active. On C
When active trace control function is inactive. Off
ATC 2
When active trace control function is active. On
D
When active trace control function is inactive. Off
ATC 3
When active trace control function is active. On
When active trace control function is inactive. Off E
ATC 4
When active trace control function is active. On
When active trace control function is inactive. Off
ATC 5 F
When active trace control function is active. On
When transaxle control is authorized. On
AEB CVT PERMIT
When transaxle control is not authorized. Off G
When active engine brake function is ON. On
AEB STATUS
When active engine brake function is OFF. Off
H
When active engine brake function is inactive. 0 – 0.1023 G
AEB COMMAND 1
When active engine brake function is active. 0G
AEB COMMAND 2 Displayed but not used. — I
When slip ratio of active engine brake function is inactive. 0%
AEB SLIP RATE
When slip ratio of active engine brake function is active. 0 – 100%
When active trace control function is ON. On
J
ATC SETTING
When active trace control function is OFF. Off
When active engine brake function is ON. On
AEB SETTING K
When active engine brake function is OFF. Off
*: Check tire pressure under normal conditions.
L
TERMINAL LAYOUT

DAS
JSOIA1076ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES P

Revision: October 2015 DAS-207 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

Terminal No.
Description Value
(Wire color) Condition
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name Input/Output
3
CAN low — — — —
(P)
4
CAN high — — — —
(L)
8
ITS CAN low — — — —
(Y)
Ground
10
IGN Input Ignition switch ON 6.4 − 16 V
(BG)
11
ITS CAN high — — — —
(L)
12
Ground — Ignition switch ON 0V
(B)

Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) INFOID:0000000012271690

When a malfunction occurs in the chassis control module, the master warning lamp turns ON and an interrupt
is displayed on the information display of the combination meter.

DTC Vehicle condition

The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1B92-00
• Active Ride Control
• Active Engine Brake
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1B93-00
• Active Ride Control (engine)
• Active Engine Brake
The following functions are suspended:
C1B94-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (engine)
The following functions are suspended:
C1B95-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (brake)
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1B99-00
• Active Ride Control
• Active Engine Brake
The following functions are suspended:
C1BA0-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (brake)
The following functions are suspended:
C1BA2-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (engine)
C1BA5-00 Normal control
The following functions are suspended:
C1BAB-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (engine)
C1BB2-00
The following functions are suspended:
C1BB3-00 • Active Trace Control
C1BB4-00 • Active Ride Control
• Active Engine Brake
C1BB5-00
C1BB6-00 Normal control

Revision: October 2015 DAS-208 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
DTC Vehicle condition
A
C1BB7-00
C1BB8-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1BB9-00 B
• Active Ride Control
C1BBA-00 • Active Engine Brake
C1BBB-00
C1BBC-00 Normal control C
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
C1BBD-00
• Active Ride Control D
• Active Engine Brake
C1BC0-00
C1BC1-00 The following functions are suspended: E
• Active Trace Control
C1BC2-00 • Active Ride Control
C1BC3-00
F
The following function is suspended:
C1BC4-00
• Active Ride Control (brake)
The following functions is suspended:
C1BC5-00 G
• Active Trace Control
The following functions are suspended:
C1BC6-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (brake) H
U1A34-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
U1A35-00
• Active Ride Control I
U1A36-00 • Active Engine Brake
U1A39-00 Normal control
The following functions are suspended: J
• Active Trace Control
U1A3B-00
• Active Ride Control (brake)
• Active Engine Brake
K
U1A42-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
U1A43-00 • Active Ride Control (engine)
L
U1A48-00 The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control
U1A4A-00
• Active Ride Control
U1A4B-00 • Active Engine Brake M
The following function is suspended:
U1A4E-00
• Active Ride Control

N
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012271691

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check them one by one according to the following priority
list. DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-209 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

Priority Detected item (DTC)

1 • U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
• U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM
• U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM
• U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMM
• U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMM
• U1A3B-00 TCM COMM
• U1A3F-00 AV COMM
2
• U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM
• U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM
• U1A48-00 ECM/HPCM COMM
• U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
• U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
• U1A4E-00 ECM/HPCM COMM
3 • C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING
• C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
• C1B93-00 ENGINE/HEV SYSTEM
• C1B94-00 TM SYSTEM
• C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL BRAKE SYS
• C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
• C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL ENGINE SYS
• C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SW
4
• C1BC0-00 FR WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC1-00 FL WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC2-00 RR WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC3-00 RL WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR
• C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR
• C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR
• C1BB5-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY
5
• C1BB6-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY
• C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1B99-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BB3-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BB4-00 CONTROL MODULE
6 • C1BB7-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BB8-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BB9-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE

DTC Index INFOID:0000000012271692

DTC Display item Refer to

C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM DAS-220, "DTC Description"
C1B93-00 ENGINE/HEV SYSTEM DAS-222, "DTC Description"
C1B94-00 TM SYSTEM DAS-224, "DTC Description"
C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-226, "DTC Description"
C1B99-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-227, "DTC Description"
C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL BRAKE SYS DAS-228, "DTC Description"
C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR DAS-230, "DTC Description"
C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL ENGINE SYS DAS-232, "DTC Description"
C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SW DAS-234, "DTC Description"
C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-236, "DTC Description"

Revision: October 2015 DAS-210 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
DTC Display item Refer to
A
C1BB3-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-237, "DTC Description"
C1BB4-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-238, "DTC Description"
C1BB5-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY DAS-239, "DTC Description" B
C1BB6-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY DAS-241, "DTC Description"
C1BB7-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-243, "DTC Description"
C1BB8-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-244, "DTC Description" C
C1BB9-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-245, "DTC Description"
C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-246, "DTC Description"
D
C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-247, "DTC Description"
C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-248, "DTC Description"
C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING DAS-249, "DTC Description" E
C1BC0-00 FR WHEEL SENSOR DAS-250, "DTC Description"
C1BC1-00 FL WHEEL SENSOR DAS-252, "DTC Description"
F
C1BC2-00 RR WHEEL SENSOR DAS-254, "DTC Description"
C1BC3-00 RL WHEEL SENSOR DAS-256, "DTC Description"
C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR DAS-258, "DTC Description" G
C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR DAS-260, "DTC Description"
C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR DAS-262, "DTC Description"
H
U1000-00 CAN COMMUNICATION DAS-264, "DTC Logic"
U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM DAS-265, "DTC Description"
U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM DAS-267, "DTC Description" I
U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMM DAS-269, "DTC Description"
U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMM DAS-271, "DTC Description"
U1A3B-00 TCM COMM DAS-273, "DTC Description"
J

U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM DAS-275, "DTC Description"

U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM DAS-277, "DTC Description"
K
U1A48-00 ECM/HPCM COMM DAS-279, "DTC Description"
U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) DAS-281, "DTC Description"
U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) DAS-282, "DTC Description" L
U1A4E-00 ECM/HPCM COMM DAS-283, "DTC Description"

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-211 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

WIRING DIAGRAM
CHASSIS CONTROL
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000012271693

AAOWA0110GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-212 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

DAS

AAOIA0377GB

Revision: October 2015 DAS-213 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012271694

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW THE CUSTOMER
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing DAS-215, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer if necessary.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or
“maybe the customer mentions this symptom”.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM
Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by the interview. Also, check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to DAS-208,
"Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module)".
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print “Self Diagnostic Result” and Freeze Frame Data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure for the malfunctioning system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the same time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on DAS-
209, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by the interview. Refer to DAS-
180, "Precautions for Harness Repair".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2. Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
3. When DTC is detected, erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.

>> GO TO 6.
6.FINAL CHECK
CONSULT
1. Check the reference value of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced in the same conditions.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-214 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000012271695
B
Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a symptom. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by interviewing the customer about the symptom carefully. To systemize all C
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
D
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Interview sheet
E
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
F
Engine, Trac-
Storage date Mileage km ( Mile)
tion motor
† Does not operate ( ) function
G
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other H
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day) I
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )

J
ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway K
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When traction motor starts † During idling L
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left) M

Other conditions
N

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-215 2016 Maxima NAM

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Engine, Trac-
Storage date Mileage km ( Mile)
tion motor
Vehicle equipment

Memo

Revision: October 2015 DAS-216 2016 Maxima NAM

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MOD-
A
ULE
Description INFOID:0000000012271696
B
When replacing the chassis control module, configuration of the chassis control module is required. Refer to
DAS-218, "Work Procedure".
C

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-217 2016 Maxima NAM

 CONFIGURATION (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
CONFIGURATION (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012271697

CAUTION:
• Use “Manual Configuration” only when “TYPE ID” of the chassis control module cannot be read.
• After configuration, turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON and check that the chassis control warn-
ing to information display of combination meter displays OFF after staying illuminated for approxi-
mately two seconds.
• If an error occurs during configuration, start over from the beginning.
1.CHECKING TYPE ID (1)
Use FAST (service parts catalogue) to search the chassis control module of the applicable vehicle and find
“Type ID”.
Is “Type ID” displayed?
YES >> Print out “Type ID” and GO TO 2.
NO >> “Configuration” is not required for the chassis control module. Replace in the usual manner. Refer
to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECKING TYPE ID (2)
CONSULT Configuration
1. Select “Before Replace ECU” of “Read/Write Configuration”.
2. Check that “Type ID” is displayed on the CONSULT screen.
Is “Type ID” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.VERIFYING TYPE ID (1)
CONSULT Configuration
Compare a “Type ID” displayed on the CONSULT screen with the one searched by using FAST (service parts
catalogue) to check that these “Type ID” agree with each other.
NOTE:
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.

>> GO TO 4.
4.SAVING TYPE ID
CONSULT Configuration
Save “Type ID” on CONSULT.

>> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE (1)
Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 6.
6.WRITING (AUTOMATIC WRITING)
CONSULT Configuration
1. Select “After Replace ECU” of “Re/programming, Configuration” or that of “Read / Write Configuration”.
2. Select the “Type ID” agreeing with the one stored on CONSULT and the one searched by using FAST
(service parts catalogue) to write the “Type ID” into the chassis control module.
NOTE:
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.

>> GO TO 9.
7.REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE (2)
Revision: October 2015 DAS-218 2016 Maxima NAM
 CONFIGURATION (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 8.
8.WRITING (MANUAL WRITING) B
CONSULT Configuration
1. Select “Manual Configuration”.
2. Select the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalogue) to write the “Type ID” into the C
chassis control module.
NOTE:
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.
D
>> GO TO 9.
9.VERIFYING TYPE ID (2) E
Compare “Type ID” written into the chassis control module with the one searched by using FAST (service parts
catalogue) to check that these “Type ID” agree with each other.
NOTE: F
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.

>> GO TO 10. G
10.CHECKING CHASSIS CONTROL WARNING
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
H
2. Turn the ignition switch ON and check that the chassis control warning on information display of combina-
tion meter displays OFF after staying illuminated for approximately two seconds.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Perform the “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. Refer to DAS-201, "CON- J
SULT Function".
11.PERFORMING SUPPLEMENTARY WORK
K
1. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of all systems.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result”.

L
>> Work End.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-219 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271698

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
C1B92-00 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
(Brake control system) Threshold
system malfunction
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) system
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B92-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271699

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
Revision: October 2015 DAS-220 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “All DTC Reading” mode. A
Is DTC “C1B92-00”, “U1000” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1B92-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure". B
YES (other DTC) >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.
C

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-221 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B93-00 ENGINE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1B93-00 ENGINE SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271700

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

ENGINE SYSTEM Signal (terminal) –

C1B93-00
(Engine system) Threshold ECM system malfunction
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Engine system
• ECM
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Ride Control (engine) function
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B93-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271701

1.CHECK ECM SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EC-107, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-222 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B93-00 ENGINE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “C1B93-00”, “U1000” or other DTC detected? A
YES (“C1B93-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC. B
NO >> Inspection End.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-223 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B94-00 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1B94-00 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271702

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

TM SYSTEM Signal (terminal) –

C1B94-00
(Transmission system) Threshold Transmission system malfunction
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Transmission system
• TCM
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Ride Control (engine) function
• Active Trace Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B94-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271703

1.CHECK TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TRANSMISSION”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to TM-58, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-224 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B94-00 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is DTC “C1B94-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1B94-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation". A
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End. B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-225 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271704

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

CONTROL MODULE Signal (terminal) –

C1B95-00
(Control module) Threshold Chassis control module malfunction
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control (brake) function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B95-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-226, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271705

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B95-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-226 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1B99-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1B99-00 CONTROL MODULE
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271706

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

CONTROL MODULE Signal (terminal) –

C1B99-00
(Control module) Threshold Chassis control module malfunction D
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended: F
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Engine Brake function G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
K
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B99-00” detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to DAS-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271707

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS N
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. DAS
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B99-00” detected?
P
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-227 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL BRAKE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL BRAKE SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271708

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL BRAKE Signal (terminal) –
SYS
C1BA0-00 An invalid signal is received from ABS actu-
(ADAS/chassis control brake sys- Threshold
tem) ator and electric unit (control unit)
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control (brake) function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BA0-00” and/or “C1BA7-00” detected?
YES (“C1BA0-00”)>> Proceed to DAS-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“C1BA0-00” and “C1BA7-00”)>> Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271709

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Revision: October 2015 DAS-228 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL BRAKE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is DTC “C1BA0-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BA0-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation". A
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End. B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-229 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271710

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
C1BA2-00 When a malfunction is detected in steering
(Steering angle sensor) Threshold
angle sensor
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Steering angle sensor
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Ride Control (engine) function
• Active Trace Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BA2-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271711

1.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-230 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is DTC “C1BA2-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BA2-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation". A
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End. B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-231 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL ENGINE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL ENGINE SYSTEM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271712

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL ENGINE
SYS When receiving from ECM that the value of
C1BA5-00 the engine system signal transmitted from
(ADAS/chassis control engine sys- Threshold
tem) the chassis control module to ECM is mal-
functioning
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BA5-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271713

1.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ECM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EC-107, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “C1BA5-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BA5-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-232 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL ENGINE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
NO >> Inspection End.
A

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-233 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SWITCH
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271714

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
STOP LAMP SW
C1BAB-00 When a malfunction is detected in stop lamp
(Stop lamp switch) Threshold
switch system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Stop lamp switch
• BCM
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Ride Control (engine) function
• Active Trace Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BAB-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-234, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271715

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BCS-53, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Revision: October 2015 DAS-234 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is DTC “C1BAB-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BAB-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation". A
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End. B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-235 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271716

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BB2-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB2-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271717

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB2-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-236 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB3-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB3-00 CONTROL MODULE
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271718

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BB3-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis D
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE F
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function G
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J

CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: K
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB3-00” detected? L
YES >> Proceed to DAS-237, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271719

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS N

CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. DAS
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB3-00” detected? P
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-237 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB4-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB4-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271720

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BB4-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB4-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271721

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB4-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-238 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB5-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB5-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271722

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
IGN POWER SUPPLY
C1BB5-00 Ignition power supply voltage: 6.4 V ≥ igni- D
(Ignition power supply) Threshold
tion power supply voltage
Diagnosis delay time –
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Fuse F
• Ignition power supply system
• Battery
• Chassis control module
G
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function H
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. L
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
M
Is DTC “C1BB5-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271723

DAS

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector M181.
3. Check the connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check the terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: October 2015 DAS-239 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1BB5-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and securely lock the harness connector. GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector M181.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB5-00” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.

Terminal Signal name Fuse No.

7P Ignition power supply 30 (10 A)
Is the fuse blown?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector M181.
3. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 10 and ground.

Chassis control module Voltage

—
Connector Terminal (Approx.)

M181 10 Ground 0V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
5. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 10 and ground.

Chassis control module Voltage

—
Connector Terminal (Approx.)

M181 10 Ground 6.4−16 V

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
5.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 12 and ground.

Chassis control module

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M181 12 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-240 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB6-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB6-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271724

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
C1BB6-00 Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ igni- D
(Ignition power supply) Threshold
tion power supply voltage
Diagnosis delay time –
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
• Fuse F
• Ignition power supply system
• Battery
• Chassis control module
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF H
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. I

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

CONSULT J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON. K
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB6-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271725 M

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram". N

1.CHECK CONNECTOR DAS

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector M181.
3. Check the connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check the pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and securely lock the harness connector. GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector M181.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-241 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB6-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB6-00” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.

Terminal Signal name Fuse No.

7P Ignition power supply 30 (10 A)
Is the fuse blown?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector M181.
3. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 10 and ground.

Chassis control module Voltage

—
Connector Terminal (Approx.)

M181 10 Ground 0V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
5. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 10 and ground.

Chassis control module Voltage

—
Connector Terminal (Approx.)

M181 10 Ground 6.4−16 V

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
5.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 12 and ground.

Chassis control module

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M181 12 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-242 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB7-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB7-00 CONTROL MODULE
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271726

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BB7-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis D
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE F
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function G
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J

CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: K
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB7-00” detected? L
YES >> Proceed to DAS-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271727

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS N

CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. DAS
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB7-00” detected? P
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-243 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB8-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB8-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271728

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BB8-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB8-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271729

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB8-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-244 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BB9-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BB9-00 CONTROL MODULE
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271730

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BB9-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis D
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE F
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function G
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J

CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: K
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB9-00” detected? L
YES >> Proceed to DAS-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271731

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS N

CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. DAS
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BB9-00” detected? P
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-245 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271732

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BBA-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBA-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271733

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBA-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-246 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271734

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BBB-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis D
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE F
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function G
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J

CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: K
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBB-00” detected? L
YES >> Proceed to DAS-247, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271735

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS N

CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. DAS
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBB-00” detected? P
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-247 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271736

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE
C1BBC-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis
(Control module) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBC-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271737

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBC-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-248 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271738

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.

VARIANT CODING Signal (terminal) –

C1BBD-00
(Variant coding) Threshold When variant coding is incomplete D
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended: F
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
K
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBD-00” detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to DAS-249, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271739

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS N
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. DAS
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BBD-00” detected?
P
YES >> Perform configuration. Refer to DAS-218, "Work Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-249 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC0-00 FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BC0-00 FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271740

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
FR WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC0-00 When a malfunction is detected in front right
(Front right wheel sensor) Threshold
wheel sensor system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front right wheel sensor
• Front right sensor rotor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 19 mph (30 km/h) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BC0-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-250, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271741

1.CHECK FRONT RH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-250 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC0-00 FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. A
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode. B
Is DTC “C1BC0-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BC0-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.
D

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-251 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC1-00 FRONT LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BC1-00 FRONT LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271742

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
FL WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC1-00 When a malfunction is detected in front left
(Front left wheel sensor) Threshold
wheel sensor system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front left wheel sensor
• Front left sensor rotor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 19 mph (30 km/h) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BC1-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-252, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271743

1.CHECK FRONT LH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
Revision: October 2015 DAS-252 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1BC1-00 FRONT LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. A
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “C1BC1-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected? B
YES (“C1BC1-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
C
NO >> Inspection End.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-253 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC2-00 REAR RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BC2-00 REAR RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271744

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
RR WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC2-00 When a malfunction is detected in rear right
(Rear right wheel sensor) Threshold
wheel sensor system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear right wheel sensor
• Rear right sensor rotor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 19 mph (30 km/h) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BC2-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271745

1.CHECK REAR RH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
Revision: October 2015 DAS-254 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1BC2-00 REAR RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. A
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “C1BC2-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected? B
YES (“C1BC2-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
C
NO >> Inspection End.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-255 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC3-00 REAR LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BC3-00 REAR LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271746

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
RL WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC3-00 When a malfunction is detected in rear left
(Rear left wheel sensor) Threshold
wheel sensor system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear left wheel sensor
• Rear left sensor rotor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 19 mph (30 km/h) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BC3-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-256, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271747

1.CHECK REAR LH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
Revision: October 2015 DAS-256 2016 Maxima NAM
 C1BC3-00 REAR LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. A
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “C1BC3-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected? B
YES (“C1BC3-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
C
NO >> Inspection End.

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-257 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271748

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
DECEL G SENSOR
C1BC4-00 When a malfunction is detected in decel G
(Decel G sensor) Threshold
sensor system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor [integrated in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following function is suspended:
• Active Ride Control (brake) function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BC4-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271749

1.CHECK DECEL G SENSOR SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-258 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is DTC “C1BC4-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BC4-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation". A
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End. B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-259 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271750

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
SIDE G SENSOR
C1BC5-00 When a malfunction is detected in side G
(Side G sensor) Threshold
sensor system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor [integrated in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following function is suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BC5-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271751

1.CHECK SIDE G SENSOR SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-260 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is DTC “C1BC5-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BC5-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation". A
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End. B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-261 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271752

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
PRESSURE SENSOR
C1BC6-00 When a malfunction is detected in brake flu-
(Pressure sensor) Threshold
id pressure system
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control (brake) function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1BC6-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271753

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SYSTEM

CONSULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-262 2016 Maxima NAM

 C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Is DTC “C1BC6-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BC6-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation". A
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End. B

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-263 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012271754

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000-00 Chassis control module is not transmitting
(CAN communication circuit) Threshold
or receiving CAN communication signal
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
CAN communication system
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result“ mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1000-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271755

Proceed to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-264 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271756

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
When chassis control module is not receiv- D
BRAKE CONTROL COMM
U1A34-00 ing CAN communication signal [between
(Brake control communication) Threshold
chassis control module and ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit)]
E
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
G
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function H
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K

CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. L
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
M
Is DTC “U1A34-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-265, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271757

DAS

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PRESENT”?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-265 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
Refer to>> LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Control Circuit".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“ABS” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (CAN communication
line) for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]
CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A34-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A34-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-266 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271758

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
A calculated signal value differs between a D
BRAKE CONTROL COMM signal transmitted from the ABS actuator
U1A35-00
(Brake control communication) Threshold and electric unit (control unit) and a signal
received from chassis control module via
E
CAN communication
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line G
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function H
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF J
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT L
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. M
Is DTC “U1A35-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-267, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271759
DAS

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P

1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR

CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PRESENT”?

Revision: October 2015 DAS-267 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
>> Refer to LAN-9, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“ABS” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (CAN communication
line) for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]
CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A35-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A35-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-268 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271760

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
BCM/IPDM COMM When chassis control module is not receiv- D
U1A36-00
(BCM/IPDM communication) Threshold ing CAN communication signal (between
chassis control module and BCM)
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
FAIL-SAFE G
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: L
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A36-00” detected? M
YES >> Proceed to DAS-269, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271761

DAS
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PRESENT”?
>> Refer to LAN-9, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-269 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“BCM” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK BCM
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
3. Check BCM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (BCM)
CONSULT
1. Connect BCM harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BCS-53, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A36-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A36-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-270 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271762

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
COMBINATION METER COMM When chassis control module is not receiv- D
U1A39-00 (Combination meter communica- ing CAN communication signal (between
tion) Threshold
chassis control module and combination
meter)
E
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Combination meter F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF H
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
K
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A39-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271763 M

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram". N

1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR DAS

CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module. P
Check the result of “PRESENT”?
>> Refer to LAN-9, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“METER/M&A” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-271 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check combination meter harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose
connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (COMBINATION METER)
CONSULT
1. Connect combination meter harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to MWI-29, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A39-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A39-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-272 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A3B-00 TCM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A3B-00 TCM COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271764

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
TCM COMM When chassis control module is not receiv- D
U1A3B-00
(TCM communication) Threshold ing CAN communication signal (between
chassis control module and TCM)
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• TCM
F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
FAIL-SAFE G
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control (engine) function
• Active Engine Brake H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: L
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A3B-00” detected? M
YES >> Proceed to DAS-273, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271765

DAS
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PRESENT”?
>> Refer to LAN-9, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-273 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A3B-00 TCM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“TRANSMISSION” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK TCM
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check TCM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (TCM)
CONSULT
1. Connect TCM harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TRANSMISSION”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to TM-58, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A3B-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A3B-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-274 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271766

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
When chassis control module is not receiv- D
COMM
U1A42-00 ing CAN communication signal (between
(Steering angle sensor communi- Threshold
cation) chassis control module and steering angle
sensor)
E
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Steering angle sensor F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
G
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control (engine) function H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: L
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A42-00” detected? M
YES >> Proceed to DAS-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271767

DAS
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PRESENT”?
>> Refer to LAN-9, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-275 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“STRG” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check steering angle sensor harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose
connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]
CONSULT
1. Connect steering angle sensor harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A42-00” other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A42-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-276 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271768

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A calculated signal value differs between a D
COMM
U1A43-00 signal transmitted from the steering angle
(Steering angle sensor communi- Threshold
cation) sensor and a signal received from chassis
control module via CAN communication
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Steering angle sensor F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
G
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control (engine) function H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: L
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A43-00” detected? M
YES >> Proceed to DAS-277, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271769

DAS
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PRESENT”?
>> Refer to LAN-9, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-277 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“STRG” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check steering angle sensor harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) for damage or loose
connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]
CONSULT
1. Connect steering angle sensor harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-227, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A43-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A43-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-278 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A48-00 ECM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A48-00 ECM COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271770

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
ECM COMM When chassis control module is not receiv- D
U1A48-00
(ECM communication) Threshold ing CAN communication signal (between
chassis control module and ECM)
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds or more E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ECM
F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
FAIL-SAFE G
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION: L
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A48-00” detected? M
YES >> Proceed to DAS-279, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271771

DAS
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

P
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PRESENT”?
>> Refer to LAN-9, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-279 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A48-00 ECM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.
“ENGINE” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK ECM
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check ECM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (ECM)
CONSULT
1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EC-107, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A48-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A48-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-280 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271772

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE (CAN) When a malfunction is detected in chassis D
U1A4A-00
[Control module (CAN)] Threshold control module (Transmission via CAN com-
munication is impossible)
Diagnosis delay time – E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
F
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function G
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
I
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. K
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. L
Is DTC “U1A4A-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271773
N
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
DAS
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. P
Is DTC “U1A4A-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-281 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271774

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
U1A4B-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis
[Control module (CAN) Threshold
control module
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended:
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A4B-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-282, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271775

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A4B-00” detected?
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-282 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A4E-00 ECM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
U1A4E-00 ECM COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012271776

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) –
A calculated signal value differs between a D
ECM COMM
U1A4E-00 signal transmitted from the ECM and a sig-
(ECM communication) Threshold
nal received from chassis control module
via CAN communication
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ECM F
• Chassis control module
• CAN communication line
G
FAIL-SAFE
The following function is suspended:
• Active Ride Control (engine) function
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF I
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
CONSULT K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON. L
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “U1A4E-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-283, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271777 N

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram". DAS

1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR P

CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check for malfunction history between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
Check the result of “PAST”?
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>> GO TO 2.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-283 2016 Maxima NAM

 U1A4E-00 ECM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
“ENGINE” other than “OK”>> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals 3 and 4 for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 5.
3.CHECK ECM
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check ECM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) for damage or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (ECM)
CONSULT
1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EC-107, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Select “All DTC Reading” mode.
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A4E-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1000-00”)>> Refer to DAS-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (“U1A4E-00”)>> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-290, "Removal and Installation".
YES (other DTC)>> Check the DTC.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-284 2016 Maxima NAM

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012271778

B
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DAS-212, "Wiring Diagram".

C
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.
D
Terminal Signal name Fuse No.
7P Ignition power supply 30 (10 A)
Is the fuse blown? E
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector M181. G
3. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 10 and ground.

Chassis control module Voltage H

—
Connector Terminal (Approx.)

M181 10 Ground 0V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON. I
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
5. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 10 and ground. J

Chassis control module Voltage

—
Connector Terminal (Approx.) K
M181 10 Ground 6.4−16 V
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT M
Check the continuity between chassis control module harness connector M181 terminal 12 and ground.

N
Chassis control module
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M181 12 Ground Yes DAS
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. P

Revision: October 2015 DAS-285 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
CHASSIS CONTROL
Active Engine Brake INFOID:0000000012271779

NOTE:
• For the operational conditions of Active Engine Brake, refer to DAS-192, "ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE FUNC-
TION : System Description".
• Perform the “Self Diagnostic Result” using CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble
diagnosis if any DTC is detected.

Symptom Possible cause Inspection item

Active Engine Brake is se- Change Active Engine Brake se-
lected OFF in the vehicle in- lection in the vehicle information
formation display. display to ON.
System is functioning normally.
Confirm the condition with the
customer.
Certain roads, inclement
Refer to DAS-200, "Precautions
No CVT gear ratio assist weather or driving conditions
for Chassis Control (Engine
Brake, Active Ride, and Active
Trace)".
• Road wheel tire condition
is abnormal.
Check the road wheel tire.
• Road wheel tire size is ab-
Active Engine Brake in- normal.
operative/ineffective Active Engine Brake is se- Change Active Engine Brake se-
Continuously lected OFF in the vehicle in- lection in the vehicle information
formation display. display to ON.
Refer to “STEERING WHEEL
• Wheel alignment TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY
At cornering
• Steering malfunction OR LIGHT” STC-34, "Diagnosis
Lower CVT gear
Procedure".
ratio is not
achieved. System is functioning normally.
Confirm the condition with the
customer.
While coming to a Certain roads, inclement
Refer to DAS-200, "Precautions
complete stop weather or driving conditions
for Chassis Control (Engine
Brake, Active Ride, and Active
Trace)".

Active Ride Control INFOID:0000000012271780

NOTE:
• For the operational conditions of Active Ride Control, refer to DAS-195, "ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL FUNC-
TION : System Description".
• Perform the “Self Diagnostic Result” using CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble
diagnosis if any DTC is detected.

Revision: October 2015 DAS-286 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

Symptom Possible cause Inspection item A

Turn VDC OFF switch to the OFF
VDC OFF switch is engaged.
position.
No Active Ride Control assist Refer to EC DTCs EC-107, B
Engine or transmission
"DTC Index" or TM DTCs TM-
DTCs are present.
58, "DTC Index" as necessary.
System is functioning normally. C
Confirm the condition with the
customer.
Certain roads, inclement
Refer to DAS-200, "Precautions
weather or driving conditions
for Chassis Control (Engine D
Bumpy ride on bumpy road Brake, Active Ride, and Active
Trace)".
• Road wheel tire condition E
Active Ride Control in- is abnormal.
Check the road wheel tire.
operative/ineffective • Road wheel tire size is ab-
normal.
Change Active Engine Brake se- F
Ineffective pitch • Wheel alignment
lection in the vehicle information
control • Steering malfunction
display to ON.

No pitch control Brake system malfunction

Refer to BRC-226, "DTC Inspec- G
tion Priority Chart".
High vehicle pitch
System is functioning normally.
on bumps
Confirm the condition with the H
customer.
No engine torque Certain roads, inclement
Refer to DAS-200, "Precautions
control on curves weather or driving conditions
for Chassis Control (Engine
Brake, Active Ride, and Active I
Trace)".

Active Trace Control INFOID:0000000012271781 J

NOTE:
• For the operational conditions of Active Trace Control, refer to DAS-186, "ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL
(DYNAMIC CORNERING ENHANCEMENT) FUNCTION : System Description". K
• Perform the “Self Diagnostic Result” using CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble
diagnosis if any DTC is detected.
L

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-287 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

Symptom Possible cause Inspection item

Active Trace Control is se- Change Active Trace Control se-
lected OFF in the vehicle in- lection in the vehicle information
formation display. display to ON.
Turn VDC OFF switch to the OFF
VDC OFF switch is engaged.
position.
System is functioning normally.
Confirm the condition with the
No Active Trace Control assist customer.
Certain roads, inclement
Refer to DAS-200, "Precautions
weather or driving conditions
for Chassis Control (Engine
Brake, Active Ride, and Active
Trace)".
• Road wheel tire condition
Active Trace Control in- is abnormal.
Check the road wheel tire.
operative/ineffective • Road wheel tire size is ab-
normal.
On turns Wheel alignment Repair alignment malfunction.
“STEERING WHEEL TURNING
FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT”
While zigzagging Steering malfunction
Refer to STC-34, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure".
Excessive lag on
System is functioning normally.
turns
Confirm the condition with the
customer.
With quick lane Certain roads, inclement
Refer to DAS-200, "Precautions
change weather or driving conditions
for Chassis Control (Engine
Brake, Active Ride, and Active
Trace)".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-288 2016 Maxima NAM

 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000012271782

CHASSIS CONTROL B
• Chassis Control will not provide all the necessary controls to replace driver intervention. It is not designed to
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the travel-
ing lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times. C
• Chassis Control is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not perform
satisfactorily in certain road, weather or driving conditions.
• Using Chassis Control under some road, corner or severe weather conditions could lead to an unexpected
system operation. In such conditions, driver needs to correct the vehicle's direction with steering operation to D
avoid accidents.
• When Chassis Control is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could
lose control of the vehicle. E
• Engine Brake Control is designed to enhance braking feel and traceability at corners.
• Active Ride Control is designed to enhance handling and drive comfort.
• Active Trace Control is designed to enhance traceability at corners and smooth vehicle movement for more
confident driving. F
• Chassis Control may not function properly under the following conditions:
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc. G
- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure,
installation of spare tire, tire chains or non-standard wheels).
H
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original steering parts or suspension parts.
• The functions of Chassis Control may or may not operate properly under the following conditions:
- On roads covered with water, dirt or snow, etc.
- On roads where there are sharp curves. I

DAS

Revision: October 2015 DAS-289 2016 Maxima NAM

 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012271783

AWOIA0138ZZ

1. Bracket 2. Chassis control module Front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012271784

REMOVAL
NOTE:
If chassis control module is replaced, user registration information is erased and all setting items for NISSAN
InTuition related parts are erased.
1. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove screw from chassis control module bracket.
3. Disconnect harness connector from chassis control module and remove chassis control module.
CAUTION:
Do not drop chassis control module.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When replacing chassis control module, perform the configuration of chassis control module. Refer to
DAS-217, "Description".

Revision: October 2015 DAS-290 2016 Maxima NAM